Completion Fluids Manual

COMPLETION
FLUIDS
Manual
TABLE OF CONTENTS
INTRODUCTION............................................... iv
Chapter 1
DIVALENT BRINES . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1·1
• Calcium Chloride . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1·1
• Calcium Bromide. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1·2
• Calcium Chloride and Calcium Bromide . . . . 1·2
• Calcium Chloride, Calcium Bromide,
Zinc Bromide . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1·4
• Blending Tables
U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 1·5
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
1·23
Chapter 2
MONOVALENT BRINES. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2·1
• Sodium Chloride (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·1
• Potassium Chloride (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·1
• Ammonium Chloride (Dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·1
• Sodium Bromide (Liquid). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·1
• Sodium Bromide (Dry) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·2
• Sodium Formate (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·2
• Potassium Formate (Liquid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·2
• Potassium Formate (Dry). . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·2
• Cesium Formate (Liquid) . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·3
• Miscellaneous Blends . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·3
• Blending Tables
U.S. . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 2·4
Metric . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
2·15
Chapter 3
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
3·1
Chapter 4
QHSE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
. 4·1
Chapter 5
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
ii
5·1
iii
Chapter 6
TESTING PROCEDURES.............................................. 6·1
• RDF Testing Procedures . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 6·32
Chapter 7
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 7·1
Chapter 8
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL. . . . . . . . 8·1
Chapter 9
CORROSION INHIBITION AND
PACKER FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 9·1
Chapter 10
FILTRATION . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 10·1
Chapter 11
SPEEDWELL* TOOLS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
11·1
Chapter 12
INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 12·1
Chapter 13
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . 13·1
Chapter 14
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES . . . . . . . . 14·1
Chapter 15
LIST OF PRODUCTS . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . . .
15·1
INTRODUCTION
M-I SWACO* provides a complete line of
reservoir drill-in, completion and workover
fluids and additives that help make oil and gas
wells more productive. The company also
offers fluid reclamation and filtration services
comple- mented by a complete line of
scrapers and brushes for internal cleaning of
casing, liners and risers.
This manual provides information and
technical data to support these systems
and assist in their management during well
design and field operations.
iv Go To Table of
INTRODUCTION TO COMPLETION FLUIDS
With the recent proliferation of horizontal
wellbores and open-hole completions, many
drilling and completion engineers now consider
the completion operation to begin as soon as
the drill bit enters the productive interval.
Therefore, it is necessary to plan procedures
and implement practices to reduce formation
damage and maximize productivity at the
earliest possible stage. Proper selection and
application of the completion fluid is an inte-
gral part of this process.
Completion fluid can be defined as any fluid
pumped downhole to conduct operations after
the initial drilling of a well. Workover fluids are
those used during remedial operations after a
well has been completed and produced oil and/
or gas. Clear, solids-free brine completion/
workover fluids serve to control downhole for-
mation pressures while reducing the risk of
permanent formation damage (permeability
damage) resulting from solids invasion or some
form of incompatibility between the comple-
tion fluid and the in situ matrix. The clear
brines used for completion and workover
applications are pure solutions of dissolved salt
in water and must be stable at surface and
downhole conditions. Depending on the
application, other completion/workover fluid
types are some- times used, including solids-
laden, oil-base
and emulsions. For the purpose of this docu-
ment, no distinction is made between
completion and workover fluids and the
terms are used interchangeably throughout.
Packer fluids are those that fill the annular
volume above a production packer. The
term reservoir drill-in fluid refers to a drilling
fluid designed specifically
for the productive interval. Drill-in fluids are
v
Go To Table of
designed to minimize damage to the interval,
typically by eliminating insoluble solids such as
barite, minimizing the total solids content and
formulating such that a thin, resilient, remov-
able, non-damaging filter cake is placed.
Among the typical operations in which
clear brines are applied are well kills, fishing,
perforating, washing, drilling and gravel pack-
ing and as packer fluids. In order to perform
the desired function, completion fluids must
control formation pressures, circulate and
trans- port solids, protect the productive
zone, be stable under surface and downhole
conditions, be safely handled, be
environmentally friendly or used with
controlled exposure, and be cost effective.
Completion fluids have no purpose within
the formation and may in fact reduce the
permeability. The operator has two choices:
1) minimize fluid losses to the formation and
2) use a formation-compatible fluid and accept
partial losses.
Clear brine completion fluids are formulated
and applied in the field according to perform-
ance specifications that ensure well control
with minimal permeability reduction. These
specifications are not always expressly iden-
tified but should always be understood and
assigned. Density and solids content (expressed
as clarity — NTU) are typical performance
specifications for clear brine, although selec-
tion of a particular completion fluid according
to these alone can be dangerous to the
productivity of a well. Proper density is
necessary for pressure control.
Clarity is necessary to eliminate formation
plugging by solids. In addition to these, the
all- encompassing term “formation
compatible” is
vi
Go To Table of
also a requirement and must not be overlooked.
In order to select a completion or workover
fluid appropriate for the application, one must
understand the various types and properties
of clear brine fluids. The remainder of this sec-
tion provides this introductory information.
Types and Properties
The most common types of completion fluids
are selected from those listed in Table 1.
Table 1
Density Typical
Range Density
Brine Type (lb/gal) (lb/gal)
NaCl 8.33 – 10.0 8.4 – 10.0
KCl 8.33 – 9.7 8.4 – 9.0
NH4Cl 8.33 – 8.9 8.4 – 8.7
NaBr 8.33 – 12.7 10.0 – 12.5
NaCl/NaBr 8.33 – 12.5 10.0 – 12.5
NaHCO2 8.33 – 11.1 9.0 – 10.5
KHCO2 8.33 – 13.3 10.8 – 13.1
NaHCO2/KHCO2 8.33 – 13.1 8.4 – 12.7
KHCO2/CsHCO2 8.33 – 20.0 13.1 – 18.3
CaCl2 8.33 – 11.8 ±9.0 – 11.6
CaBr2 8.33 – 15.3 ±12.0 – 14.2
CaCl2/CaBr2 8.33 – 15.1 11.7 – 15.1
ZnBr2 ±12 – 21.0 19.2 – 21.0
ZnBr2/CaBr2 ±12 – 19.2 ±14.0 – 19.2
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 ±12 – 19.1 ±14.2 – 19.2
CsHCO2 ±8.33 – 20.0 13.2 – 19.2
vii Go To Table of
Density and Blending
The density of clear brine is obtained by
dis- solving salt in water. The density
achieved is directly related to the amount
of salt in solution. Table 2 shows the
maximum solubility of standard
completion-fluid salts in water at room
temperature.
Table 2: Maximum Solubility of Salt in

Water one bbl at room temperature
Sol Density Specific lb lb
Salt wt % (lb/gal) Gravity Salt Water
Sodium 26 10.0 1.200 109 311
Chloride
Potassium 24 9.7 1.164 98 309
Chloride
Sodium 46 12.7 1.525 245 288
Bromide
Calcium 40 11.8 1.416 198 298
Chloride
Calcium 57 15.3 1.837 366 277
Bromide
Zinc 78 21.0 2.521 688 194
Bromide
Sodium 50 11.1 1.329 231 235
Formate
Potassium 78 13.3 1.595 434 125
Formate
Cesium 84 19.17 2.30 676.3 128.8
Formate
The data in Table 2 demonstrates that

the solubility of these salts in water is
extremely high, capable of producing
densities up to
21 lb/gal (2.52 SG). It is also evident that as
the solubility increases, the ratio of salt-to-
water
viii Go To Table of Contents
becomes increasingly small. In fact, the satu-
rated solutions of several of these systems
contain more salt than water. This fact is
extremely important. It defines much of the
“special chemistry” and properties of high-
density completion fluids.
Commercial completion brines are often
prepared with a combination of dry salts and
liquid “stock fluids.” Some salts such as NaCl
and KCl are produced as dry material, i.e., they
are mined or formed through simple evapora-
tion. Other brines like sodium bromide, potas-
sium formate, calcium chloride and calcium
bromide are manufactured as liquids. The dry
salts are obtained only after processing the
liquid. This process is energy consumptive and
expensive, so, solutions prepared with these
salts are generally more expensive than their
all-liquid-blended counterparts. Zinc bromide
is produced only in the liquid form. Table 3
lists commercially available “stock” fluids and
dry salts. Comparing Tables 2 and 3 indicates
the stock fluids are not produced as saturated
solutions. In this way, the crystallization
temperature is low enough as to allow
storage in unheated tanks.
ix Go To Table of
Table 3
Stock Fluids that are Manufactured as Liquids
11.6 lb/gal (1.39) [38%] CaCl2 (U.S.)
11.3 lb/gal (1.36) [35%] CaCl2 (Europe)
12.5 lb/gal (1.50) [45%] NaBr
14.2 lb/gal (1.70) [52%] CaBr2
13.1 lb/gal (1.57) [78%] KHCO 2
19.2 lb/gal (2.30) [53% / 23%] ZnBr2 / CaBr2
18.3 lb/gal (2.20) Cesium Formate
20.5 lb/gal (2.46) ZnBr2
Fluids Prepared From Salts

10 lb/gal (1.20) NaCl Stock, 3 to 8% KCl, 3-8% NH4Cl
Stock Salts
NaCl, NaBr, KCl, NH4Cl, CaCl2, CaBr2, NaHCO2, KHCO2
“Standard” brine tables follow that provide

the necessary data to blend various clear brine
fluids to a specific density. Simple blending
calculations are also included. To blend fluids
to achieve a specific crystallization tempera-
ture (see TCT) or, to blend to a lowest-cost
density, consult an M-I SWACO completion
fluids representative.
x Go To Table of
Crystallization Temperature (TCT)
As salt is dissolved in water, it lowers the freez-
ing point of the solution until the eutectic
point is reached. The eutectic temperature
represents the lowest temperature on the
saltwater phase diagram. Increasing the salt
concentration beyond the eutectic raises the
crystallization point. The concentration at
which the solution is saturated is a function of
its temperature. As shown in Table 2, calcium
chloride is soluble in water to a final concen-
tration of 40-wt % at room temperature. This
solution is referred to as “saturated at room
temperature.” If the solution is cooled, salt will
precipitate from solution. If the solution is
heated, additional salt can be dissolved. That
temperature, at which a salt is saturated, is
called the True Crystallization Temperature
(TCT). There are many instances where the
crystallization temperature of brine is a
primary selection criterion. For example, when
stored in cold weather or when used offshore
where the seawater may be cold, the temper-
ature at which a salt solution crystallizes (TCT)
is an important consideration. Figures 2 and
3 show crystallization curves for various
completion fluids. Pressure increases the
crystallization point of a brine solution when
the concentration of salt is above the eutectic
concentration. See section 5 for a discussion
of the effect of pressure on TCT.
xi Go To Table of
Figure 2: Crystallization curves for
CaCl2 and CaBr2
Temperature (° F)
55
35
15
–5
–25
–45
Eutectic pt
–65 Eutectic pt
8.3 9.1 9.9 10.7 11.5 12.3 13.1 13.9 14.7 15.1
Density (lb/gal)
TCT (CaBr2) TCT (CaCl2)
Figure 3: Crystallization curves

for KCl, NaCl and CaCl2
Temperature (° F)
60
40
20
0 Eutectic
pt
–20
Eutectic pt
–40
–60
Eutectic pt
–80
8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12
Density (lb/gal)
Potassium Chloride
Sodium Chloride
Calcium Chloride
xii Go To Table of
1.
COMPLETION FLUIDS DIVAL
ENT
MANUAL BRINE
S
Chapter 1
DIVALENT BRINES
Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride
Calcium chloride is available either as a con-
centrated solution or as a dry powder. The
solution is manufactured at two different
densities depending on the source, i.e., 11.6
lb/gal (1.392 SG) and 11.3 lb/gal (1.356 SG).
Liquid calcium chloride is the most
economical form. The anhy- drous (94 to 97%)
form of CaCl2 is used at the rigsite to adjust
fluid density.
The dry form of calcium chloride contains
trace amounts of insoluble contaminants that
cause brines mixed on location to be more tur-
bid than premixed brines. These contaminants
should be filtered out of solution before use.
With addition of dry calcium chloride to
freshwater, a great deal of heat is generated.
Adding the solid calcium chloride too rapidly
can result in enough heat to bring the temper-
ature of the solution to over 200° F (93.3° C).
Safe handling must be exercised to avoid being
burned by the hot liquid or equipment.
Less heat is produced when the concen-
trated solution is diluted to prepare the desired
density. As a result, problems related to heat are
generally not encountered.
Personnel protective equipment must be
used when mixing brines with dry calcium
chloride. This material will generate dust that is
hygroscopic and will also generate heat as it
absorbs moisture from the atmosphere or from
skin. Exposure to this dust must be avoided.
Formation waters or seawater should not
be used to prepare calcium chloride completion
fluids because sodium chloride and/or insoluble
calcium salts may precipitate.
1·1 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Bromide
Calcium Bromide (CaBr2) brine systems are
single-salt solutions used to form clear-brine
workover and completion fluids with densities
ranging from 8.4 to 15.3 lb/gal (1.404 to 1.812
SG). The desired density is obtained by mixing
standard 14.2 lb/gal (1.704 SG) calcium bromide
brine with dry calcium bromide (or water) or by
simply mixing dry calcium bromide in water.
Calcium bromide systems exhibit lower
crystallization points than the corresponding
calcium bromide/ calcium chloride fluids.
Calcium bromide systems provide inhibition,
preventing the hydration and migration of
swelling clays, and can be used for packer fluids
or to adjust the density of other brine systems.
Calcium bromide brine systems can be
formulated with various crystallization points
and are available for special applications and
winter use.
Calcium Chloride and Calcium Bromide

Clear brines having a density range of 11.7 lb/gal
(1.404 SG) and 15.1 lb/gal (1.813 SG) are
prepared using a combination of calcium chloride
and calcium bromide. Liquid CaCl2, pelletized
calcium chloride, concentrated liquid CaBr2, or
solid calcium bromide powder are used in
combination to prepare these brines. CaBr2
concentrate is produced at a density of 14.2
lb/gal (1.705 SG).
Calcium bromide costs approximately ten
times as much as calcium chloride. When TCT
and density requirements allow, field-prepared
brines should contain as much calcium chloride
as is practical.
1·2 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Increasing the density of a CaCl2-CaBr2
blended brine by adding dry salts can cause
wellsite problems unless proper blending
techniques are employed. For example, the
addition of calcium bromide powder to a
saturated blend can result in the precipitation
of calcium chloride. Under these conditions,
both water and calcium bromide must be
added to avoid precipitation. An example of
this is provided at the end of this section.
High-density, solids-free brines ranging up
to 15.3 lb/gal (1.837 SG) can be prepared using
either calcium bromide or the combination of
calcium bromide and calcium chloride. The ratio
of bromide-to-chloride in any particular density
determines the True Crystallization Temperature
(TCT), or “freezing point.” Crystallization tem-
perature must always be considered when
blending brines of any type, however, the
chloride-bromide brines are particularly sensi-
tive because small changes in the ratio of the
two salts can result in significant changes in
TCT. Environmental factors such as surface tem-
perature, water depth and water temperature
and the influence of pressure on the crystal-
lization point are important considerations and
must be taken into account when formulating
the appropriate blend.
High-density slugs are used to ensure that
a dry string is pulled when coming out of the
hole. This is an important safety consideration
since calcium bromide brines can be irritating
to the skin and eyes.
When solid calcium bromide is added to
freshwater, considerable heat is released. Care
must be taken to avoid getting splashed by the
hot liquid or burned by hot equipment. Unlike
1·3 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
calcium chloride, this is not a problem when
liquid calcium bromide is added to water
because very little heat is generated.
Calcium Chloride, Calcium

Bromide and Zinc Bromide
Concentrated zinc bromide-calcium bromide
solutions are manufactured to a density of
19.2 lb/gal (2.305 SG). Solution densities
between ±14.0 to 19.2 lb/gal (1.681 to 2.305 SG)
are prepared by blending this 19.2 lb/gal
(2.305 SG) “stock” fluid with lower density
calcium bromide or calcium bromide-calcium
chloride brines. The three-salt formulations are
less expensive due to the presence of calcium
chloride. As with the lower density chloride-
bromide brines, special blend formulations
are used to achieve a specific density and
TCT. Zinc bromide or zinc bromide-calcium
bro-
mide solutions of up to 20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG)
are also available in smaller quantities for
slugging or spiking purposes. When agitated in
pits which are exposed to the atmosphere for
as little as 4 hrs, the density of these
concentrated liquids can decrease by as much
as 0.02 lb/gal (2.397 kg/m3). A calm solution
does not pick up moisture as readily and will
not lose density as quickly. To prevent
absorption of moisture from the atmosphere,
these high-density brines should be mixed and
stored in covered tanks.
1·4
Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)

Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one barrel fluid
Density CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl– TCT
@70° F lb/bbl bbl/bbl wt % mg/L mg/L °F
8.3 0.0 0.0000 0.00% 0 0 32
8.4 3.8 0.9989 1.00% 3,641 6,443 32
8.5 9.4 0.9951 2.50% 9,212 16,298 30
8.6 14.9 0.9914 3.90% 14,540 25,724 29
8.7 20.4 0.9875 5.30% 19,989 35,365 27
8.8 26.0 0.9836 6.70% 25,560 45,221 25
8.9 31.6 0.9796 8.00% 30,866 54,608 24
9.0 37.2 0.9755 9.40% 36,675 64,886 22
9.1 42.9 0.9714 10.70% 42,211 74,680 20
9.2 48.6 0.9671 11.90% 47,461 83,968 18
9.3 54.3 0.9627 13.20% 53,218 94,153 15
9.4 60.1 0.9583 14.50% 59,087 104,538 13
9.5 65.9 0.9537 15.70% 64,658 114,394 10
9.6 71.7 0.9491 16.90% 70,333 124,433 7
9.7 77.5 0.9443 18.10% 76,111 134,657 4
9.8 83.4 0.9395 19.30% 81,994 145,065 1
9.9 89.4 0.9346 20.40% 87,552 154,897 –3
10.0 95.3 0.9296 21.60% 93,638 165,666 –7
10.1 101.3 0.9245 22.70% 99,391 175,843 –12
10.2 107.3 0.9193 23.80% 105,239 186,190 –16
10.3 113.4 0.9140 24.90% 111,182 196,705 –22
10.4 119.4 0.9086 26.00% 117,221 207,389 –27
10.5 125.6 0.9031 27.00% 122,900 217,436 –33
10.6 131.7 0.8975 28.10% 129,125 228,450 –39
10.7 137.9 0.8918 29.10% 134,982 238,812 –46
10.8 144.1 0.8860 30.20% 141,394 250,155 –51
10.9 150.4 0.8801 31.20% 147,428 260,831 –36
Continues on next page
1·5 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Continued from previous page

Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and water
Composition for one barrel fluid
Density CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl– TCT
11.0 156.7 0.8741 32.20% 153,549 271,661 –22
11.1 163.0 0.8680 33.20% 159,757 282,644 –10
11.2 169.4 0.8618 34.20% 166,052 293,780 2
11.3 175.8 0.8555 35.20% 172,433 305,070 13
11.4 182.2 0.8491 36.10% 178,407 315,639 22
11.5 188.7 0.8426 37.10% 184,957 327,228 31
11.6 195.2 0.8360 38.10% 191,594 338,970 38
11.7 201.7 0.8293 39.00% 197,810 349,969 44
11.8 208.1 0.8227 39.90% 204,105 361,105 50
To calculate parts per million, divide mg/L by the specific gravity.
1·6 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 11.6 lb/gal CaCl2 (liquid) and
water
Composition for one barrel of fluid
CaCl2
Density 11.6 lb/gal Water TCT
70° F bbl bbl °F
8.3 0.022 0.978 32
8.4 0.022 0.978 32
8.5 0.052 0.948 30
8.6 0.083 0.917 29
8.7 0.113 0.887 27
8.8 0.144 0.856 25
8.9 0.174 0.826 24
9.0 0.203 0.797 22
9.1 0.233 0.767 20
9.2 0.264 0.736 18
9.3 0.294 0.706 15
9.4 0.325 0.675 13
9.5 0.356 0.644 10
9.6 0.390 0.610 7
9.7 0.420 0.580 4
9.8 0.450 0.550 1
9.9 0.480 0.520 –3
10.0 0.510 0.490 –7
10.1 0.540 0.460 –12
10.2 0.571 0.429 –16
10.3 0.601 0.399 –22
10.4 0.632 0.368 –27
10.5 0.663 0.337 –33
10.6 0.694 0.306 –39
10.7 0.724 0.276 –46
1·7 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 11.6 lb/gal CaCl2 (liquid) and
water
CaCl2
Density 11.6 lb/gal Water TCT
70° F bbl bbl °F
10.8 0.755 0.245 –51
10.9 0.785 0.215 –36
11.0 0.820 0.180 –22
11.1 0.850 0.150 –10
11.2 0.880 0.120 2
11.3 0.910 0.090 13
11.4 0.940 0.060 22
11.5 0.970 0.030 31
11.6 1.000 0.000 38
1·8 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

Mixing dry CaBr2 (95%) and
water Composition for one barrel
of fluid
Density CaBr2 Water CaBr2 Ca+2 Br– TCT
8.33 0.0 1.0000 0.00% 0 0 32
8.4 3.6 0.9992 1.00% 2,022 8,062 30
8.5 9.0 0.9958 2.40% 4,910 19,580 30
8.6 14.4 0.9923 3.80% 7,866 31,366 29
8.7 19.9 0.9889 5.20% 10,889 43,421 28
8.8 25.3 0.9854 6.50% 13,768 54,900 27
8.9 30.7 0.9819 7.80% 16,709 66,628 27
9.0 36.1 0.9784 9.10% 19,713 78,606 26
9.1 41.6 0.9749 10.30% 22,560 89,961 25
9.2 47.0 0.9713 11.60% 25,687 102,428 24
9.3 52.4 0.9678 12.80% 28,653 114,253 23
9.4 57.9 0.9642 13.90% 31,449 125,405 22
9.5 63.3 0.9606 15.10% 34,528 137,681 21
9.6 68.8 0.9570 16.20% 37,433 149,266 19
9.7 74.3 0.9534 17.30% 40,391 161,061 18
9.8 79.7 0.9498 18.40% 43,402 173,068 17
9.9 85.2 0.9461 19.50% 46,466 185,286 16
10.0 90.7 0.9425 20.50% 49,343 196,756 14
10.1 96.2 0.9388 21.50% 52,267 208,417 13
10.2 102.0 0.9351 22.50% 55,240 220,270 11
10.3 107.0 0.9314 23.50% 58,261 232,316 10
10.4 113.0 0.9277 24.50% 61,329 244,553 8
10.5 118.0 0.9239 25.50% 64,447 256,982 7
10.6 124.0 0.9202 26.40% 67,357 268,586 5
10.7 129.0 0.9164 27.30% 70,310 280,362 3
10.8 135.0 0.9126 28.20% 73,307 292,312 2
10.9 140.0 0.9088 29.10% 76,347 304,434 0
11.0 146.0 0.9050 30.00% 79,430 316,729 –2
1·9 Go To Table of
DIVALENT BRINES

of fluid
11.1 151.0 0.9012 30.80% 82,289 328,131 –4
11.2 157.0 0.8973 31.70% 85,457 340,762 –6
11.3 162.0 0.8935 32.50% 88,396 352,481 –8
11.4 168.0 0.8896 33.30% 91,373 364,353 –10
11.5 174.0 0.8857 34.10% 94,389 376,379 –12
11.6 179.0 0.8818 34.90% 97,444 388,559 –14
11.7 185.0 0.8779 35.70% 100,537 400,892 –16
11.8 190.0 0.8740 36.50% 103,668 413,379 –18
11.9 196.0 0.8700 37.20% 106,552 424,877 –21
12.0 201.0 0.8660 38.00% 109,758 437,661 –23
12.1 207.0 0.8621 38.70% 112,711 449,438 –25
12.2 213.0 0.8581 39.40% 115,698 461,349 –28
12.3 218.0 0.8540 40.10% 118,719 473,394 –30
12.4 224.0 0.8500 40.80% 121,773 485,574 ≤–30
12.5 229.0 0.8460 41.50% 124,861 497,888 ≤–30
12.6 235.0 0.8419 42.20% 127,983 510,336 ≤–30
12.7 241.0 0.8378 42.90% 131,139 522,919 ≤–30
12.8 246.0 0.8338 43.50% 134,020 534,408 ≤–30
12.9 252.0 0.8296 44.20% 137,240 547,249 ≤–30
13.0 258.0 0.8255 44.80% 140,182 558,978 ≤–30
13.1 263.0 0.8214 45.40% 143,152 570,822 ≤–30
13.2 269.0 0.8172 46.10% 146,469 584,048 ≤–30
13.3 274.0 0.8131 46.70% 149,499 596,131 ≤–30
13.4 280.0 0.8089 47.30% 152,558 608,330 ≤–30
13.5 286.0 0.8047 47.90% 155,646 620,644 ≤–30
13.6 291.0 0.8005 48.50% 158,763 633,073 ≤–30
13.7 297.0 0.7962 49.10% 161,909 645,618 ≤–30
13.8 303.0 0.7920 49.60% 164,752 656,953 ≤–30
Continues on next
page
1·10 Go To Table of Contents

DIVALENT BRINES

of fluid
13.9 309.0 0.7877 50.20% 167,953 669,718 –29
14.0 314.0 0.7835 50.80% 171,183 682,598 –19
14.1 320.0 0.7792 51.30% 174,103 694,240 –10
14.2 326.0 0.7749 51.90% 177,389 707,341 –1
14.3 331.0 0.7705 52.40% 180,359 719,185 7
14.4 337.0 0.7662 52.90% 183,353 731,125 15
14.5 343.0 0.7618 53.50% 186,720 744,552 23
14.6 349.0 0.7575 54.00% 189,765 756,693 30
14.7 354.0 0.7531 54.50% 192,834 768,931 36
14.8 360.0 0.7487 55.00% 195,927 781,264 43
14.9 366.0 0.7443 55.50% 199,044 793,693 48
15.0 371.0 0.7398 56.00% 202,185 806,218 54
15.1 377.0 0.7354 56.50% 205,350 818,839 59
15.2 383.0 0.7309 57.00% 208,540 831,557 63
15.3 389.0 0.7264 57.50% 211,753 844,370 68

DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid) and
water
Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal Water TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl °F
8.33 0.0 1.0000 32
8.4 0.012 0.989 30
8.5 0.028 0.972 30
8.6 0.045 0.957 29
8.7 0.061 0.940 28
8.8 0.078 0.924 27
8.9 0.094 0.908 27
9.0 0.111 0.892 26
9.1 0.127 0.876 25
9.2 0.144 0.859 24
9.3 0.162 0.840 23
9.4 0.177 0.826 22
9.5 0.194 0.810 21
9.6 0.211 0.793 19
9.7 0.228 0.777 18
9.8 0.244 0.760 17
9.9 0.261 0.744 16
10.0 0.278 0.727 14
10.1 0.295 0.710 13
10.2 0.312 0.693 11
10.3 0.329 0.676 10
10.4 0.345 0.660 8
10.5 0.362 0.643 7
10.6 0.379 0.626 5
10.7 0.396 0.609 3
10.8 0.413 0.592 2
10.9 0.430 0.575 0

DIVALENT BRINES

water
Density CaBr2
11.0 0.447 0.558 –2
11.1 0.464 0.541 –4
11.2 0.481 0.524 –6
11.3 0.499 0.507 –8
11.4 0.516 0.490 –10
11.5 0.533 0.472 –12
11.6 0.550 0.456 –14
11.7 0.567 0.438 –16
11.8 0.584 0.421 –18
11.9 0.601 0.403 –21
12.0 0.619 0.386 –23
12.1 0.636 0.369 –25
12.2 0.653 0.351 –28
12.3 0.670 0.334 –30
12.4 0.687 0.317 ≤–30
12.5 0.705 0.299 ≤–30
12.6 0.722 0.282 ≤–30
12.7 0.739 0.264 ≤–30
12.8 0.757 0.247 ≤–30
12.9 0.774 0.229 ≤–30
13.0 0.791 0.212 ≤–30
13.1 0.809 0.194 ≤–30
13.2 0.826 0.177 ≤–30
13.3 0.843 0.159 ≤–30
13.4 0.861 0.142 ≤–30

DIVALENT BRINES

water
Density CaBr2
13.5 0.878 0.124 ≤–30
13.6 0.895 0.106 ≤–30
13.7 0.913 0.089 ≤–30
13.8 0.930 0.071 ≤–30
13.9 0.948 0.053 –29
14.0 0.965 0.036 –19
14.1 0.982 0.018 –10
14.2 1.000 0.000 –1

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

CaBr2/CaCl2 Dry (U.S.)
Mixing water, dry CaBr2 (95%) and
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Density CaBr2 CaCl2
lb/gal Water (95%) (94 – 97%) TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl dry lb/bbl dry lb/bbl °F
11.7 0.809 8.1 200.3 40
11.8 0.803 16.1 198.3 41
11.9 0.798 24.2 196.2 42
12.0 0.793 32.3 194.1 42
12.1 0.788 40.3 192.0 42
12.2 0.783 48.4 189.9 43
12.3 0.778 56.5 187.8 43
12.4 0.773 64.5 185.8 43
12.5 0.768 72.6 183.7 44
12.6 0.763 80.6 181.6 45
12.7 0.758 88.7 179.5 46
12.8 0.752 96.8 177.4 47
12.9 0.747 104.8 175.4 47
13.0 0.742 112.9 173.3 47
13.1 0.737 121.0 171.2 48
13.2 0.732 129.0 169.1 48
13.3 0.727 137.1 167.0 49
13.4 0.722 145.2 165.0 50
13.5 0.717 153.3 162.9 50

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/CaCl2 Dry (U.S.)
Mixing water, dry CaBr2 (95%) and
dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%)
Density CaBr2 CaCl2
lb/gal Water (95%) (94 – 97%) TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl dry lb/bbl dry lb/bbl °F
13.6 0.712 161.3 160.8 52
13.7 0.707 169.4 158.7 53
13.8 0.701 177.5 156.6 55
13.9 0.696 185.5 154.6 56
14.0 0.691 193.6 152.5 57
14.1 0.686 201.7 150.4 58
14.2 0.681 209.7 148.3 58
14.3 0.676 217.8 146.2 59
14.4 0.671 225.8 144.1 60
14.5 0.666 233.9 142.1 60
14.6 0.661 242.0 140.0 61
14.7 0.658 249.2 137.9 61
14.8 0.651 258.1 135.8 61
14.9 0.645 266.2 133.7 62
15.0 0.640 274.2 131.7 62
15.1 0.635 282.3 129.6 63

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/CaCl2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid), 11.6
lb/gal CaCl2 liquid and dry CaCl2 (94 to
97%) Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 11.6 lb/gal dry TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl lb/bbl °F
11.7 0.024 0.971 3.6 40
11.8 0.048 0.943 7.2 41
11.9 0.073 0.915 10.9 42
12.0 0.097 0.886 14.5 42
12.1 0.121 0.857 18.1 42
12.2 0.146 0.829 21.7 43
12.3 0.170 0.800 25.3 43
12.4 0.194 0.772 29.0 43
12.5 0.218 0.744 32.6 44
12.6 0.243 0.715 36.2 45
12.7 0.267 0.686 39.8 46
12.8 0.291 0.658 43.4 47
12.9 0.315 0.630 47.0 47
13.0 0.340 0.601 50.7 47
13.1 0.364 0.572 54.3 48
13.2 0.388 0.544 57.9 48
13.3 0.412 0.516 61.5 49
13.4 0.437 0.487 65.2 50
13.5 0.461 0.458 68.8 50
13.6 0.485 0.430 72.4 52
13.7 0.509 0.402 76.0 53

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/CaCl2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 lb/gal CaBr2 (liquid), 11.6
lb/gal CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to
97%) Composition for one barrel
Density CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 11.6 lb/gal dry TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl lb/bbl °F
13.8 0.534 0.373 79.6 55
13.9 0.558 0.345 83.2 56
14.0 0.582 0.316 86.9 57
14.1 0.606 0.288 90.5 58
14.2 0.631 0.259 94.1 58
14.3 0.655 0.231 97.7 59
14.4 0.679 0.202 101.3 60
14.5 0.703 0.174 l05.0 60
14.6 0.728 0.145 108.6 61
14.7 0.749 0.120 111.8 61
14.8 0.776 0.088 115.8 61
14.9 0.800 0.060 119.4 62
15.0 0.825 0.031 123.1 62
15.1 0.851 0.000 126.9 63

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide

CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 CaBr2 (liquid) with
19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Density CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
lb/gal 14.2 lb/gal 19.2 lb/gal TCT
14.2 1.000 0.000 –1
14.3 0.980 0.020 –5
14.4 0.960 0.040 –11
14.5 0.940 0.060 –17
14.6 0.920 0.080 –21
14.7 0.900 0.100 –27
14.8 0.880 0.120 –31
14.9 0.860 0.140 –34
15.0 0.840 0.160 –37
15.1 0.820 0.180 –40
15.2 0.800 0.200 –43
15.3 0.780 0.220 –46
15.4 0.760 0.240 –49
15.5 0.740 0.260 –52
15.6 0.720 0.280 –55
15.7 0.700 0.300 –58
15.8 0.680 0.320 –60
15.9 0.660 0.340 –62
16.0 0.640 0.360 –58
16.1 0.620 0.380 –55
16.2 0.600 0.400 –51
16.3 0.580 0.420 –46
16.4 0.560 0.440 –42
16.5 0.540 0.460 –37
16.6 0.520 0.480 –31

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 14.2 CaBr2 (liquid) with
19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Density CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
16.7 0.500 0.500 –27
16.8 0.480 0.520 –23
16.9 0.460 0.540 –20
17.0 0.440 0.560 –17
17.1 0.420 0.580 –14
17.2 0.400 0.600 –11
17.3 0.380 0.620 –9
17.4 0.360 0.640 –7
17.5 0.340 0.660 –5
17.6 0.320 0.680 –3
17.7 0.300 0.700 –2
17.8 0.280 0.720 –1
17.9 0.260 0.740 1
18.0 0.240 0.760 2
18.1 0.220 0.780 3
18.2 0.200 0.800 4
18.3 0.180 0.820 5
18.4 0.160 0.840 6
18.5 0.140 0.860 8
18.6 0.120 0.880 9
18.7 0.100 0.900 11
18.8 0.080 0.920 13
18.9 0.060 0.940 14
19.0 0.040 0.960 13
19.1 0.020 0.980 12
19.2 0.000 1.000 10

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/

Zinc Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 15.1 CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Density CaCl2/CaBr2 CaBr2/ZnCaBr2
15.1 1.000 0.000 62
15.2 0.976 0.024 60
15.3 0.951 0.049 59
15.4 0.927 0.073 58
15.5 0.903 0.098 56
15.6 0.878 0.122 55
15.7 0.854 0.146 54
15.8 0.829 0.171 53
15.9 0.805 0.195 51
16.0 0.780 0.220 51
16.1 0.756 0.244 49
16.2 0.732 0.268 48
16.3 0.707 0.293 47
16.4 0.683 0.317 46
16.5 0.658 0.342 44
16.6 0.634 0.366 42
16.7 0.610 0.390 39
16.8 0.585 0.415 34
16.9 0.561 0.439 28
17.0 0.537 0.463 25
17.1 0.512 0.488 26
17.2 0.488 0.512 28
17.3 0.463 0.537 28
17.4 0.439 0.561 30
17.5 0.415 0.585 32

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/

Zinc Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (U.S.)
Blending 15.1 CaCl2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 19.2 ZnCaBr2 (liquid)
Density CaCl2/CaBr2 CaBr2/ZnCaBr2
17.6 0.390 0.610 34
17.7 0.366 0.634 36
17.8 0.341 0.659 38
17.9 0.317 0.683 40
18.0 0.293 0.707 35
18.1 0.268 0.732 32
18.2 0.244 0.756 29
18.3 0.220 0.780 27
18.4 0.195 0.805 25
18.5 0.171 0.829 23
18.6 0.146 0.854 21
18.7 0.122 0.878 20
18.8 0.097 0.903 19
18.9 0.073 0.927 17
19.0 0.049 0.951 16
19.1 0.024 0.976 12
19.2 0.000 1.000 10
To make 1 bbl 15.1 lb/gal = .851 (14.2 lb/gal CaBr 2)
+ 127 ppb dry CaCl2.

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)

Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and
water Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific
Gravity CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl– TCT
(SG) kg/m3 m3/m3 wt % mg/L mg/L °C
1.00 0.0 0.0000 0.00% 0 0 0
1.01 11.2 0.9988 1.10% 4,012 7,098 0
1.02 24.2 0.9957 2.30% 8,472 14,988 –1
1.03 37.2 0.9926 3.40% 12,646 22,374 –2
1.04 50.4 0.9895 4.60% 17,276 30,564 –2
1.05 63.5 0.9863 5.80% 21,992 38,908 –3
1.06 76.8 0.9830 6.90% 26,412 46,728 –4
1.07 90.0 0.9797 8.00% 30,911 54,689 –5
1.08 103.0 0.9763 9.10% 35,490 62,790 –6
1.09 117.0 0.9728 10.20% 40,149 71,031 –6
1.10 130.0 0.9693 11.30% 44,886 79,414 –7
1.11 144.0 0.9657 12.40% 49,704 87,936 –8
1.12 157.0 0.9620 13.40% 54,196 95,884 –10
1.13 171.0 0.9583 14.40% 58,760 103,960 –11
1.14 185.0 0.9546 15.50% 63,809 112,891 –12
1.15 199.0 0.9507 16.50% 68,521 121,229 –13
1.16 213.0 0.9468 17.50% 73,306 129,694 –15
1.17 226.0 0.9428 18.40% 77,741 137,539 –16
1.18 240.0 0.9388 19.40% 82,666 146,254 –18
1.19 255.0 0.9347 20.40% 87,664 155,096 –20
1.20 269.0 0.9305 21.30% 92,301 163,299 –21
1.21 283.0 0.9263 22.30% 97,439 172,391 –23
1.22 297.0 0.9220 23.20% 102,210 180,830 –26
1.23 311.0 0.9177 24.10% 107,045 189,385 –28
1.24 326.0 0.9132 25.00% 111,945 198,055 –30
1.25 340.0 0.9087 25.90% 116,911 206,839 –33
1.26 355.0 0.9042 26.80% 121,941 215,739 –36

DIVALENT BRINES

Mixing dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and
Specific
Gravity CaCl2 Water CaCl2 Ca+2 Cl– TCT
1.27 369.0 0.8995 27.70% 127,036 224,754 –38
1.28 384.0 0.8948 28.60% 132,196 233,884 –41
1.29 399.0 0.8901 29.50% 137,422 243,128 –52
1.30 413.0 0.8852 30.30% 142,243 251,657 –45
1.31 428.0 0.8803 31.20% 147,594 261,126 –38
1.32 443.0 0.8754 32.00% 152,534 269,866 –32
1.33 458.0 0.8703 32.80% 157,532 278,708 –26
1.34 473.0 0.8652 33.70% 163,072 288,508 –20
1.35 488.0 0.8600 34.50% 168,189 297,561 –15
1.36 504.0 0.8548 35.30% 173,363 306,717 –10
1.37 519.0 0.8494 36.10% 178,596 315,974 –6
1.38 534.0 0.8440 36.90% 183,886 325,334 –2
1.39 550.0 0.8386 37.70% 189,234 334,796 2
1.40 565.0 0.8330 38.50% 194,640 344,360 5
1.41 581.0 0.8274 39.30% 200,104 354,026 8
1.42 596.0 0.8217 40.00% 205,113 362,887 10

DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.39 SG CaCl2 (liquid) and
Specific CaCl2
Gravity 1.39 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
1.00 0.000 1.000 0
1.01 0.022 0.978 –1
1.02 0.052 0.948 –1
1.03 0.083 0.917 –1
1.04 0.113 0.887 –2
1.06 0.144 0.856 –3
1.07 0.174 0.826 –4
1.08 0.203 0.797 –6
1.09 0.233 0.767 –7
1.10 0.264 0.736 –8
1.12 0.294 0.706 –9
1.13 0.325 0.675 –11
1.14 0.356 0.644 –12
1.15 0.390 0.610 –14
1.16 0.420 0.580 –16
1.18 0.450 0.550 –17
1.19 0.480 0.520 –19
1.20 0.510 0.490 –22
1.21 0.540 0.460 –24
1.22 0.571 0.429 –27
1.24 0.601 0.399 –30
1.25 0.632 0.368 –33
1.26 0.663 0.337 –36
1.27 0.694 0.306 –39
1.29 0.724 0.276 –43

DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.39 SG CaCl2 (liquid) and
Specific CaCl2
Gravity 1.39 SG Water TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
1.30 0.755 0.245 –46
1.31 0.785 0.215 –38
1.32 0.820 0.180 –30
1.33 0.850 0.150 –23
1.35 0.880 0.120 –17
1.36 0.910 0.090 –11
1.37 0.940 0.060 –6
1.38 0.970 0.030 –1
1.39 1.000 0.000 3

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

Mixing CaBr2 dry (95%) and water
Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2
Gravity Water 95% CaBr2 Ca+ Br– TCT
(SG) m3/m3 dry % wt mg/L mg/L °C
kg/m3
1.00 1.0000 0.0 0.0% 0 0 0
1.01 0.9991 10.9 1.0% 2,025 8,074 –1
1.02 0.9963 23.7 2.2% 4,499 17,939 –1
1.03 0.9934 36.5 3.4% 7,021 27,995 –2
1.04 0.9905 49.4 4.5% 9,383 37,412 –2
1.05 0.9876 62.2 5.6% 11,789 47,005 –2
1.06 0.9847 75.1 6.7% 14,239 56,774 –3
1.07 0.9818 87.9 7.8% 16,733 66,719 –3
1.08 0.9789 100.8 8.9% 19,271 76,839 –3
1.09 0.9760 113.7 9.9% 21,635 86,264 –4
1.10 0.9730 126.6 11.0% 24,259 96,729 –4
1.11 0.9701 139.5 12.0% 26,705 106,481 –5
1.12 0.9671 152.4 13.0% 29,191 116,394 –5
1.13 0.9641 165.4 13.9% 31,491 125,563 –6
1.14 0.9612 178.3 14.9% 34,055 135,788 –6
1.15 0.9582 191.3 15.8% 36,429 145,253 –7
1.16 0.9552 204.2 16.8% 39,072 155,789 –7
1.17 0.9521 217.2 17.7% 41,520 165,550 –8
1.18 0.9491 230.2 18.6% 44,004 175,454 –8
1.19 0.9461 243.2 19.5% 46,524 185,503 –9
1.20 0.9430 256.2 20.3% 48,839 194,736 –10
1.21 0.9400 269.2 21.2% 51,430 205,065 –10
1.22 0.9369 282.2 22.0% 53,812 214,562 –11
1.23 0.9338 295.3 22.9% 56,472 225,170 –12
1.24 0.9308 308.3 23.7% 58,920 234,931 –12
1.25 0.9277 321.4 24.5% 61,400 244,819 –13
1.26 0.9246 334.4 25.3% 63,912 254,836 –14

DIVALENT BRINES

Specific CaBr2
kg/m3
1.27 0.9214 347.5 26.1% 66,456 264,980 –15
1.28 0.9183 360.6 26.8% 68,776 274,230 –15
1.29 0.9152 373.7 27.6% 71,383 284,622 –16
1.30 0.9120 386.8 28.4% 74,021 295,142 –17
1.31 0.9089 399.9 29.1% 76,429 304,743 –18
1.32 0.9057 413.1 29.8% 78,865 314,456 –19
1.33 0.9025 426.2 30.5% 81,329 324,281 –20
1.34 0.8993 439.4 31.2% 83,821 334,217 –20
1.35 0.8961 452.5 31.9% 86,341 344,266 –21
1.36 0.8929 465.7 32.6% 88,889 354,426 –22
1.37 0.8897 478.9 33.3% 91,466 364,699 –23
1.38 0.8864 492.1 34.0% 94,070 375,083 –24
1.39 0.8832 505.3 34.6% 96,424 384,468 –25
1.40 0.8799 518.5 35.3% 99,082 395,068 –26
1.41 0.8767 531.7 35.9% 101,486 404,653 –27
1.42 0.8734 545.0 36.6% 104,199 415,469 –28
1.43 0.8701 558.2 37.2% 106,653 425,254 –29
1.44 0.8668 571.5 37.8% 109,131 435,135 –30
1.45 0.8635 584.7 38.4% 111,633 445,111 –31
1.46 0.8602 598.0 39.0% 114,159 455,184 –33
1.47 0.8568 611.3 39.6% 116,709 465,352 –34
1.48 0.8535 624.6 40.2% 119,284 475,617 <–35
1.49 0.8502 637.9 40.8% 121,882 485,977 <–35
1.50 0.8468 651.2 41.4% 124,504 496,433 <–35
1.51 0.8434 664.6 41.9% 126,848 505,779 <–35
1.52 0.8400 677.9 42.5% 129,517 516,419 <–35

DIVALENT BRINES

Specific CaBr2
kg/m3
1.53 0.8366 691.3 43.1% 132,209 527,155 <–35
1.54 0.8332 704.6 43.6% 134,617 536,756 <–35
1.55 0.8298 718.0 44.1% 137,045 546,437 <–35
1.56 0.8264 731.4 44.7% 139,806 557,444 <–35
1.57 0.8230 744.8 45.2% 142,276 567,293 <–35
1.58 0.8195 758.2 45.7% 144,766 577,222 <–35
1.59 0.8160 771.6 46.2% 147,276 587,230 <–35
1.60 0.8126 785.0 46.8% 150,127 598,598 <–35
1.61 0.8091 798.5 47.3% 152,679 608,774 <–35
1.62 0.8056 811.9 47.8% 155,252 619,031 <–35
1.63 0.8021 825.4 48.3% 157,844 629,367 <–35
1.64 0.7986 838.9 48.7% 160,128 638,473 <–35
1.65 0.7951 852.3 49.2% 162,758 648,961 <–35
1.66 0.7915 865.8 49.7% 165,408 659,529 –39
1.67 0.7880 879.3 50.2% 168,079 670,177 –34
1.68 0.7844 892.8 50.6% 170,433 679,562 –30
1.69 0.7809 906.4 51.1% 173,141 690,362 –25
1.70 0.7773 919.9 51.6% 175,870 701,242 –21
1.71 0.7737 933.5 52.0% 178,276 710,835 –17
1.72 0.7701 947.0 52.5% 181,043 721,867 –13
1.73 0.7665 960.6 52.9% 183,483 731,596 –10
1.74 0.7629 974.2 53.4% 186,287 742,780 –6
1.75 0.7592 987.8 53.8% 188,762 752,644 –3
1.76 0.7556 1001.4 54.2% 191,252 762,573 0
1.77 0.7519 1015.0 54.6% 193,758 772,566 3
1.78 0.7483 1028.6 55.1% 196,637 784,045 6

DIVALENT BRINES

Specific CaBr2
kg/m3
1.79 0.7446 1042.2 55.5% 199,177 794,174 9
1.80 0.7409 1055.9 55.9% 201,733 804,366 11
1.81 0.7372 1069.5 56.3% 204,306 814,623 14
1.82 0.7335 1083.2 56.7% 206,894 824,943 16
1.83 0.7298 1096.9 57.1% 209,498 835,327 18
1.84 0.7260 1110.5 57.5% 212,119 845,775 20

DIVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid) and water
Specific CaBr2
Gravity 1.705 Water TCT
(SG) SG m3 °C
m3
1.008 0.012 0.989 –1
1.020 0.028 0.972 –1
1.032 0.045 0.957 –2
1.044 0.061 0.940 –2
1.056 0.078 0.924 –2
1.068 0.094 0.908 –3
1.080 0.111 0.892 –3
1.092 0.127 0.876 –4
1.104 0.144 0.859 –5
1.116 0.162 0.840 –5
1.128 0.177 0.826 –6
1.140 0.194 0.810 –7
1.152 0.211 0.793 –7
1.164 0.228 0.777 –8
1.176 0.244 0.760 –9
1.188 0.261 0.744 –9
1.200 0.278 0.727 –10
1.212 0.295 0.710 –11
1.224 0.312 0.693 –12
1.236 0.329 0.676 –12
1.248 0.345 0.660 –13
1.261 0.362 0.643 –14
1.273 0.379 0.626 –15
1.285 0.396 0.609 –16
1.297 0.413 0.592 –17

DIVALENT BRINES

Specific CaBr2
(SG) SG m3 °C
m3
1.309 0.430 0.575 –17
1.321 0.447 0.558 –18
1.333 0.464 0.541 –19
1.345 0.481 0.524 –20
1.357 0.499 0.507 –21
1.369 0.516 0.490 –22
1.381 0.533 0.472 –23
1.393 0.550 0.456 –25
1.405 0.567 0.438 –28
1.417 0.584 0.421 –28
1.429 0.601 0.403 –29
1.441 0.619 0.386 –29
1.453 0.636 0.369 –31
1.465 0.653 0.351 –34
1.477 0.670 0.334 –37
1.489 0.687 0.317 –37
1.501 0.705 0.299 –37
1.513 0.722 0.282 –37
1.525 0.739 0.264 –37
1.537 0.757 0.247 –37
1.549 0.774 0.229 –37
1.561 0.791 0.212 –38
1.573 0.809 0.194 –38
1.585 0.826 0.177 –38
1.597 0.843 0.159 –38

DIVALENT BRINES

Specific CaBr2
(SG) SG m3 °C
m3
1.609 0.861 0.142 –38
1.621 0.878 0.124 –38
1.633 0.895 0.106 –38
1.645 0.913 0.089 –38
1.657 0.930 0.071 –38
1.669 0.948 0.053 –32
1.681 0.965 0.036 –28
1.693 0.982 0.018 –26
1.705 1.000 0.000 –18

DIVALENT BRINES

Dry CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Mixing procedure for dry CaBr2
(95%), dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and
water Composition for m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2
Gravity Water (95%) (94 – 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 dry kg/m3 dry °C
kg/m3
1.405 0.809 23.1 572.1 4
1.417 0.803 46.0 566.2 5
1.429 0.798 69.1 560.3 6
1.441 0.793 92.2 554.3 6
1.453 0.788 115.2 548.4 6
1.465 0.783 138.2 542.4 6
1.477 0.778 161.2 536.5 6
1.489 0.773 184.3 530.5 6
1.501 0.768 207.3 524.6 7
1.513 0.763 230.1 518.6 7
1.525 0.758 253.4 512.7 8
1.537 0.752 276.5 506.8 8
1.549 0.747 299.4 500.8 8
1.561 0.742 322.5 494.9 8
1.573 0.737 345.5 488.9 9
1.585 0.732 368.5 483.0 9
1.597 0.727 391.6 477.1 9
1.609 0.722 414.6 471.1 10
1.621 0.717 437.7 465.1 10
1.633 0.712 460.7 459.2 11
1.645 0.707 483.7 453.3 12

DIVALENT BRINES

Dry CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Mixing procedure for dry CaBr2
(95%), dry CaCl2 (94 to 97%) and
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2
Gravity Water (95%) (94 – 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 dry kg/m3 dry °C
kg/m3
1.657 0.701 506.8 447.3 13
1.669 0.696 529.8 441.4 13
1.681 0.691 552.8 435.5 14
1.693 0.686 575.9 429.5 14
1.705 0.681 599.0 423.5 14
1.717 0.676 622.0 417.6 15
1.729 0.671 645.0 411.7 16
1.741 0.666 668.0 405.7 16
1.753 0.661 691.0 399.8 16
1.765 0.658 711.8 393.8 16
1.777 0.651 737.2 387.9 16
1.789 0.645 760.2 381.9 17
1.801 0.640 783.2 376.0 17
1.813 0.635 806.2 370.1 17

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid), 1.39
SG CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to
97%) Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
Gravity 1.705 SG 1.39 SG (94 – 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 dry °C
kg/m3
1.405 0.024 0.971 10.3 4
1.417 0.048 0.943 20.6 5
1.429 0.073 0.915 31.1 6
1.441 0.097 0.886 41.4 6
1.453 0.121 0.857 51.7 6
1.465 0.146 0.829 62.0 6
1.477 0.170 0.800 72.3 6
1.489 0.194 0.772 82.8 6
1.501 0.218 0.744 93.1 7
1.513 0.243 0.715 103.4 7
1.525 0.267 0.686 113.7 8
1.537 0.291 0.658 124.0 8
1.549 0.315 0.630 134.2 8
1.561 0.340 0.601 144.8 8
1.573 0.364 0.572 155.1 9
1.585 0.388 0.544 165.4 9
1.597 0.412 0.516 175.6 9
1.609 0.437 0.487 186.2 10
1.621 0.461 0.458 196.5 10
1.633 0.485 0.430 206.8 11
1.645 0.509 0.402 217.1 12

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/CaCl2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2 (liquid), 1.39
SG CaCl2 (liquid) and dry CaCl2 (94 to
97%) Composition for one m3 of fluid
Specific CaBr2 CaCl2 CaCl2
Gravity 1.705 SG 1.39 SG (94 – 97%) TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 dry °C
kg/m3
1.657 0.534 0.373 227.3 13
1.669 0.558 0.345 237.6 13
1.681 0.582 0.316 248.2 14
1.693 0.606 0.288 258.5 14
1.705 0.631 0.259 268.7 14
1.717 0.655 0.231 279.0 15
1.729 0.679 0.202 289.3 16
1.741 0.703 0.174 299.9 16
1.753 0.728 0.145 310.2 16
1.765 0.749 0.120 319.3 16
1.777 0.776 0.088 330.7 16
1.789 0.800 0.060 341.0 17
1.801 0.825 0.031 351.6 17
1.813 0.851 0.000 362.4 17

DIVALENT BRINES

CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.705 SG CaBr2
(liquid) with 2.31 SG ZnCaBr2
(liquid) Composition for one m3
fluid
Specific CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
Gravity 1.705 SG 2.31 SG TCT
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
1.705 1.0000 0.0000 –18
1.720 0.9780 0.0220 –22
1.730 0.9613 0.0387 –24
1.740 0.9447 0.0553 –27
1.750 0.9281 0.0719 –29
1.760 0.9114 0.0886 –31
1.770 0.8948 0.1052 –32
1.780 0.8781 0.1219 –34
1.790 0.8615 0.1385 –36
1.800 0.8449 0.1551 –38
1.810 0.8282 0.1718 –39
1.820 0.8116 0.1884 –41
1.830 0.7949 0.2051 –42
1.840 0.7783 0.2217 –43
1.850 0.7617 0.2383 –44
1.860 0.7450 0.2550 –46
1.870 0.7284 0.2716 –47
1.880 0.7117 0.2883 –48
1.890 0.6951 0.3049 –49
1.900 0.6785 0.3215 –51
1.910 0.6618 0.3382 –52
1.920 0.6452 0.3548 –51
1.930 0.6285 0.3715 –49
1.940 0.6119 0.3881 –47
1.950 0.5953 0.4047 –45

DIVALENT BRINES

fluid
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
1.960 0.5786 0.4214 –43
1.970 0.5620 0.4380 –41
1.980 0.5454 0.4546 –39
1.990 0.5287 0.4713 –37
2.000 0.5121 0.4879 –34
2.010 0.4954 0.5046 –32
2.020 0.4788 0.5212 –31
2.030 0.4622 0.5378 –29
2.040 0.4455 0.5545 –28
2.050 0.4289 0.5711 –27
2.060 0.4122 0.5878 –25
2.070 0.3956 0.6044 –24
2.080 0.3790 0.6210 –23
2.090 0.3623 0.6377 –22
2.100 0.3457 0.6543 –21
2.110 0.3290 0.6710 –20
2.120 0.3124 0.6876 –19
2.130 0.2958 0.7042 –19
2.140 0.2791 0.7209 –18
2.150 0.2625 0.7375 –18
2.160 0.2458 0.7542 –17
2.170 0.2292 0.7708 –17
2.180 0.2126 0.7874 –16
2.190 0.1959 0.8041 –16
2.200 0.1793 0.8207 –16

DIVALENT BRINES

fluid
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
2.210 0.1626 0.8374 –14
2.220 0.1460 0.8540 –14
2.230 0.1294 0.8706 –13
2.240 0.1127 0.8873 –12
2.250 0.0961 0.9039 –11
2.260 0.0794 0.9206 –11
2.270 0.0628 0.9372 –10
2.280 0.0462 0.9538 –11
2.290 0.0295 0.9705 –11
2.300 0.0129 0.9871 –12

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/Zinc

Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.81 SG CaCl 2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG CaBr2/ZnCaBr 2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaCl2/CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
1.81 1.000 0.000 17
1.83 0.976 0.024 16
1.84 0.951 0.049 15
1.85 0.927 0.073 14
1.86 0.903 0.098 13
1.87 0.878 0.122 13
1.89 0.854 0.146 12
1.90 0.829 0.171 12
1.91 0.805 0.195 11
1.92 0.780 0.220 11
1.93 0.756 0.244 9
1.95 0.732 0.268 9
1.96 0.707 0.293 8
1.97 0.683 0.317 8
1.98 0.658 0.342 7
1.99 0.634 0.366 6
2.01 0.610 0.390 4
2.02 0.585 0.415 1
2.03 0.561 0.439 –2
2.04 0.537 0.463 –4
2.05 0.512 0.488 –3
2.07 0.488 0.512 –2
2.08 0.463 0.537 –2
2.09 0.439 0.561 –1
2.10 0.415 0.585 0

DIVALENT BRINES
Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/Zinc

Bromide CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2 (Metric)
Blending 1.81 SG CaCl 2/CaBr2 (liquid)
with 2.31 SG CaBr2/ZnCaBr 2 (liquid)
Composition for one m3 fluid
Specific CaCl2/CaBr2 ZnCaBr2
(SG) m3/m3 m3/m3 °C
2.11 0.390 0.610 1
2.13 0.366 0.634 2
2.14 0.341 0.659 3
2.15 0.317 0.683 4
2.16 0.293 0.707 2
2.17 0.268 0.732 0
2.19 0.244 0.756 –2
2.20 0.220 0.780 –3
2.21 0.195 0.805 –4
2.22 0.171 0.829 –5
2.23 0.146 0.854 –6
2.25 0.122 0.878 –7
2.26 0.097 0.903 –7
2.27 0.073 0.927 –8
2.28 0.049 0.951 –9
2.29 0.024 0.976 –11
2.31 0.000 1.000 –12
To make 1 m3 15.1 lb/gal = 0.851 m3 (1.71 SG) + 57.8 kg/bbl dry
CaCl2 (94 to 97%).

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 2
MONOVALENT BRINES
2.
MONO
VALEN
T
BRINE
S
Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride (Dry)

Sodium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity salt
used in brines with a density range between
8.4 to
10.0 lb/gal (1.008 to 1.200 SG). When mixed
with NaBr, densities up to 12.5 lb/gal (1.501
SG) can be achieved. It is packaged in 100-lb
(45.4-kg), 80-lb (36.3-kg), 110-lb (50-kg) sacks
and 2,000-lb (909-kg) tote bags.
Potassium Chloride (Dry)

Potassium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity salt
that can achieve brine densities from 8.4 lb/gal
(1.008 SG) to 9.7 lb/gal (1.164 SG). It is
packaged in 50-lb (22.7-kg), 100-lb (45.4-kg)
sacks and 2,000-lb (909-kg) tote bags.
Ammonium Chloride (Dry)

Ammonium Chloride (dry) is a high-purity
salt that can generate brine densities from
8.4 to
9.7 lb/gal (1.008 to 1.164 SG). It is also used at
2 to 4% as a clay and shale stabilizer. It may
liber- ate ammonia gas at pHs above 9.0.
Ammonium chloride (dry) is packaged in 50-lb
(22.7-kg) and 55-lb (25-kg) sacks.
Sodium Bromide (Liquid)

Sodium Bromide (liquid) is a single-salt clear
brine fluid. Pure sodium bromide solutions can
be prepared with densities between 8.4 lb/gal
(1.008 SG) and 12.8 lb/gal (1.537 SG). Typically,
it can be mixed with NaCl to prepare brines
with densities between 10.0 and 12.5 lb/gal
(1.200 and 1.501 SG). It is used where
formation waters contain high concentrations
of bicarbonate or sulfate ions. It can be
formulated for
2·1 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
various crystallization temperatures and
for summer or winter blends. It is
packaged in bulk-liquid quantities.
Sodium Bromide (Dry)

Sodium Bromide (dry) is a high-purity salt.
Pure sodium bromide solutions can be
prepared with densities between 8.4 lb/gal
(1.008 SG) and
12.8 lb/gal (1.537 SG). Typically, it can be mixed
with NaCl to prepare brines with densities
between 8.4 and 12.5 lb/gal (1.008 and 1.501
SG). It is used where formation waters contain
high concentrations of bicarbonate or sulfate
ions and is packaged in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks.
Sodium Formate (Dry)

Sodium formate (dry) is a high-purity,
organic salt that can deliver brine fluid
densities ranging from 8.4 lb/gal (1.008
SG) to 11.1 lb/gal (1.330 SG). It is packaged
in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks and 2,205-lb (1,000-
kg) “big” bags.
Potassium Formate (Liquid)

Potassium Formate (liquid) is a single-salt
clear brine fluid. Pure potassium formate
solutions can be prepared with densities
between 8.4 lb/gal (1.08 SG) and 13.1 lb/gal
(1.571 SG). Potassium formate provides
excellent thermal stabilization effects on
natural polymers. The potassium ion
provides excellent clay stabilization and
swelling inhibition of shales.
Potassium Formate (Dry)

Potassium formate (dry) is a high-purity,
organic salt with eventual densities
between
2·2 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
8.4 lb/gal (1.008 SG) and 13.1 lb/gal (1.573 SG).
It is packaged in 55-lb (25-kg) sacks or in 2,205-lb
(1,000-kg) “big” bags.
Cesium Formate (Liquid)

Cesium formate (liquid) is a single-salt clear
brine fluid. Pure cesium formate systems can
be prepared with densities between 8.4
lb/gal (1.01 SG) and 20.0 lb/gal (2.40 SG), but
cesium formate is most often commercially
available at 17.5 lb/gal (2.10 SG) and 18.3
lb/gal (2.20 SG). Like potassium formate, cesium
formate provides excellent thermal stability on
natural polymers, clay stabilization and shale-
swelling inhibition.
Miscellaneous Blends
• Sodium Chloride/Calcium Chloride
• Potassium Bromide
2·3
Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride NaCl (U.S.)

Mixing dry NaCl (99%) and
of fluid
Density
lb/gal NaCl Water NaCl Na+ Cl– TCT
8.33 0.0 1.000 0.0 0 0 32
8.40 3.7 0.998 1.0 4,133 6,350 31
8.50 9.6 0.993 2.7 10,710 16,524 29
8.60 16.2 0.986 4.4 18,060 27,761 27
8.70 22.2 0.981 6.0 24,638 38,106 25
8.80 28.1 0.976 7.5 31,258 48,259 23
8.90 34.8 0.969 9.2 38,662 59,701 21
9.00 41.0 0.962 10.7 45,576 70,200 19
9.10 47.7 0.955 12.4 53,071 81,900 16
9.20 54.3 0.948 13.9 60,389 93,178 14
9.30 61.3 0.940 15.5 68,188 105,239 11
9.40 68.0 0.933 17.1 75,576 116,748 8
9.50 74.6 0.926 18.5 82,992 128,022 5
9.60 81.3 0.919 20.0 90,432 139,507 1
9.70 88.6 0.910 21.5 98,474 152,135 –2
9.80 95.6 0.902 23.0 106,310 164,052 –6
9.90 102.3 0.895 24.4 113,810 175,586 12
10.00 109.0 0.890 25.7 121,200 187,080 25
2·4 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride NaCl (U.S.)

Blending 10.0 lb/gal NaCl (liquid) and
water
Density NaCl
8.33 0.000 1.000 32
8.40 0.034 0.968 31
8.50 0.088 0.914 29
8.60 0.149 0.854 27
8.70 0.204 0.799 25
8.80 0.259 0.746 23
8.90 0.320 0.684 21
9.00 0.377 0.628 19
9.10 0.439 0.566 16
9.20 0.500 0.505 14
9.30 0.564 0.439 11
9.40 0.626 0.377 8
9.50 0.686 0.317 5
9.60 0.748 0.255 1
9.70 0.815 0.186 –2
9.80 0.879 0.121 –6
9.90 0.941 0.059 12
10.00 1.000 0.000 25
2·5 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Chloride KCl (U.S.)

Mixing dry KCl (99%) and water
Density
lb/gal KCl Water KCl K Cl– TCT
8.33 0.0 1.000 0.00 0 0 32
8.40 4.3 0.995 1.21 6,350 5,745 31
8.50 11.6 0.986 3.22 17,237 15,605 29
8.60 19.0 0.977 5.21 28,171 25,592 28
8.70 26.0 0.970 7.04 38,521 34,971 26
8.80 33.4 0.960 8.95 49,522 44,876 24
8.90 41.0 0.950 10.86 60,871 55,104 22
9.00 47.7 0.943 12.49 70,734 64,147 20
9.10 55.7 0.932 14.43 82,658 74,905 18
9.20 62.7 0.924 16.06 93,060 84,339 16
9.30 69.4 0.917 17.59 102,999 93,290 14
9.40 76.8 0.908 19.26 113,919 103,317 12
9.50 84.1 0.898 20.87 124,706 113,079 23
9.60 91.5 0.890 22.47 135,695 123,024 38
9.70 98.6 0.882 23.96 146,303 132,569 54
2·6 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Bromide NaBr (U.S.)

Mixing dry NaBr (97%) and
of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal Water 97% NaBr Na Br TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl dry wt % mg/L mg/L °F
lb/bbl
9.0 0.973 37.9 9.73 23,434 81,533 24
9.1 0.969 43.4 11.01 26,861 93,359 23
9.2 0.965 48.9 12.28 30,247 105,203 0
9.3 0.961 54.5 13.53 33,701 117,282 21
9.4 0.957 60.2 14.79 37,334 129,597 19
9.5 0.953 65.8 16.00 40,809 141,577 17
9.6 0.948 71.5 17.20 44,233 153,895 16
9.7 0.944 77.2 18.38 47,837 166,090 14
9.8 0.940 83.0 19.56 51,387 178,620 12
9.9 0.935 88.7 20.69 54,881 190,896 11
10.0 0.931 94.5 21.83 58,555 203,384 9
10.1 0.926 100.3 22.94 62,171 215,840 7
10.2 0.922 106.1 24.02 65,724 228,258 5
10.3 0.917 111.9 25.09 69,334 240,754 4
10.4 0.912 117.8 26.16 73,002 253,449 2
10.5 0.907 123.6 27.19 76,602 265,965 0
10.6 0.903 129.5 28.22 80,257 278,673 –2
10.7 0.898 135.3 29.20 83,838 291,188 –4
10.8 0.893 141.2 30.19 87,473 303,888 –6
10.9 0.888 147.1 31.17 91,160 316,511 –7
11.0 0.884 153.0 32.12 94,768 329,182 –9
11.1 0.879 158.9 33.06 98,427 341,897 –11
11.2 0.874 164.7 33.96 102,001 354,384 –13
11.3 0.869 174.6 35.69 108,200 375,718 –14
11.4 0.864 176.5 35.76 109,294 379,863 –16
11.5 0.859 182.4 36.63 113,013 392,441 –18
11.6 0.855 188.3 37.49 116,640 405,179 –19
2·7 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES

of fluid
Density NaBr
lb/gal Water 97% NaBr Na Br TCT
@70° F bbl/bbl dry wt % mg/L mg/L °F
lb/bbl
11.7 0.850 194.2 38.33 120,313 417,937 –19
11.8 0.845 200.1 39.16 123,890 430,571 –16
11.9 0.840 206.0 39.98 127,653 443,216 –11
12.0 0.835 211.9 40.78 131,174 456,012 –5
12.1 0.830 217.8 41.57 134,880 468,668 2
12.2 0.826 223.6 42.33 138,483 481,178 10
12.3 0.821 229.5 43.09 142,127 493,830 19
12.4 0.816 235.4 43.84 145,812 506,475 28
12.5 0.811 241.2 44.56 149,388 518,958 37
12.6 0.807 247.2 45.31 153,153 531,879 46
12.7 0.804 252.5 45.92 156,350 543,415 54
2·8
Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 12.5 lb/gal NaBr (liquid) and
water
Density NaBr
9.0 0.157 0.845 24
9.1 0.180 0.822 23
9.2 0.203 0.800 0
9.3 0.226 0.777 21
9.4 0.250 0.754 19
9.5 0.273 0.731 17
9.6 0.296 0.708 16
9.7 0.320 0.684 14
9.8 0.344 0.660 12
9.9 0.368 0.637 11
10.0 0.392 0.613 9
10.1 0.416 0.588 7
10.2 0.440 0.564 5
10.3 0.464 0.540 4
10.4 0.488 0.516 2
10.5 0.512 0.492 0
10.6 0.537 0.467 –2
10.7 0.561 0.443 –4
10.8 0.585 0.418 –6
10.9 0.610 0.393 –7
2·9 Go To Table of
MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 12.5 lb/gal NaBr (liquid) and
water
Density NaBr
11.0 0.634 0.369 –9
11.1 0.659 0.344 –11
11.2 0.683 0.320 –13
11.3 0.707 0.295 –14
11.4 0.732 0.270 –16
11.5 0.756 0.246 –18
11.6 0.781 0.221 –19
11.7 0.805 0.196 –19
11.8 0.830 0.172 –16
11.9 0.854 0.147 –11
12.0 0.879 0.122 –5
12.1 0.903 0.098 2
12.2 0.927 0.073 10
12.3 0.951 0.049 19
12.4 0.976 0.024 28
12.5 1.000 0.000 37

aCl/NaBr) U.S. Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water Composition for
one barrel of fluid
NaCl NaBr
DensityWater bbl/bbl
70° F (99%) dry (97%) dryNaCl wt % NaBr wt % ° FTCT
lb/gal @ Br mg/L Cl– mg/L
lb/bbl lb/bbl
0.0 0 187,080 23
10.0 0.880 109.0 25.69 0.00
9.6 24
20,725 179,618
10.1 0.877 104.6 24.42 2.21
172,094 25
10.2 0.874 100.3 19.3 23.17 4.37 41,494
MONOVALENT BRINES
164,635 26
10.3 0.872 95.9 28.9 21.95 6.49 62,294
157,123 27
10.4 0.869 91.6 38.6 20.75 8.57 82,992
103,906 149,807 27
10.5 0.866 87.2 48.2 19.58 10.61
124,627 142,321 27
10.6 0.863 82.8 57.9 18.42 12.61
145,462 134,797 26
10.7 0.861 78.5 67.5 17.29 14.58
166,275 127,365 26
10.8 0.858 74.1 77.2 16.18 16.51
dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water Composition for
rel of fluid
NaCl NaBr
lb/bbl lb/bbl
187,056 119,774 26
10.9 0.855 69.8 86.8 15.09 18.40
207,793 112,285 25
11.0 0.852 65.4 96.5 14.01 20.26
24
MONOVALENT BRINES
228,610 104,907
11.1 0.850 61.0 106.1 12.96 22.08
249,363 24
11.2 0.847 56.7 115.8 11.93 23.87 97,378
270,179 25
11.3 0.844 52.3 125.4 10.91 25.63 89,833
290,913 26
11.4 0.841 48.0 135.1 9.92 27.36 82,414
311,692 28
11.5 0.839 43.6 144.7 8.94 29.06 74,850
332,509 29
11.6 0.836 39.2 154.4 7.97 30.73 67,421
dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water Composition for
rel of fluid
NaCl NaBr
lb/bbl lb/bbl
353,217 29
11.7 0.833 164.0 32.38 59,853
34.9 7.03
373,946 29
11.8 0.830 30.5 173.7 6.10 33.99 52,429
29
MONOVALENT BRINES
394,833 44,871
11.9 0.828 26.2 183.3 5.18 35.58
415,584 29
12.0 0.825 21.8 193.0 4.28 37.14 37,466
436,336 30
12.1 0.822 17.4 202.6 3.40 38.67 29,932
457,080 31
12.2 0.819 212.3 2.53 40.18 22,415
8.713.1 32
477,810 14,918
12.3 0.817 221.9 1.67 41.67
4.4 32
498,666
12.4 0.814 231.6 0.83 43.13 7,445
0.0 0 33
519,346
12.5 0.811 241.2 0.00 44.56
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride/Sodium Bromide

NaCl/NaBr Brine
Using 10.0 lb/gal NaCl Brine and
12.5 lb/gal NaBr Brine
To make one barrel
Brine
Density Pressure 10.0 lb/gal 12.5 lb/gal
at 60° F Gradient NaCl NaBr TCT
lb/gal psi/ft (bbl) (bbl) °F
10.0 0.520 1.000 0.000 23
10.1 0.525 0.960 0.040 24
10.2 0.530 0.920 0.080 25
10.3 0.536 0.880 0.120 26
10.4 0.541 0.840 0.160 27
10.5 0.546 0.800 0.200 27
10.6 0.551 0.760 0.240 26
10.7 0.556 0.720 0.280 26
10.8 0.562 0.680 0.320 26
10.9 0.567 0.640 0.360 26
11.0 0.572 0.600 0.400 25
11.1 0.577 0.560 0.440 25
11.2 0.582 0.520 0.480 24
11.3 0.588 0.480 0.520 25
11.4 0.593 0.440 0.560 27
11.5 0.598 0.400 0.600 28
11.6 0.603 0.360 0.640 29
11.7 0.608 0.320 0.680 29
11.8 0.613 0.280 0.720 30
11.9 0.618 0.240 0.760 30
12.0 0.623 0.200 0.800 31
12.1 0.628 0.160 0.840 31
12.2 0.633 0.120 0.880 32
12.3 0.639 0.080 0.920 32
12.4 0.644 0.040 0.960 33
12.5 0.650 0.000 1.000 33

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride NaCl (Metric)

Mixing dry NaCl (99%) and
water Composition for one m3 of
fluid
Specific
Gravity NaCl Water NaCl Na+ Cl– TCT
1.00 0.0 1.000 0.0 0.0 0.0 0
1.01 11.1 0.999 0.3 4,181 6,435 –1
1.02 26.7 0.994 1.5 10,278 15,846 –2
1.03 42.4 0.988 2.8 16,375 25,257 –3
1.04 58.1 0.982 4.1 22,472 34,669 –4
1.05 73.7 0.977 5.4 28,569 44,080 –4
1.06 89.4 0.971 6.7 34,666 53,491 –5
1.07 105.1 0.965 7.9 40,763 62,903 –6
1.08 120.7 0.959 9.2 46,860 72,314 –7
1.09 136.4 0.954 10.5 52,957 81,725 –9
1.10 152.1 0.948 11.8 59,054 91,136 –10
1.11 167.7 0.942 13.1 65,151 100,548 –11
1.12 183.4 0.937 14.3 71,248 109,959 –12
1.13 199.1 0.931 15.6 77,345 119,370 –13
1.14 214.7 0.925 16.9 83,442 128,781 –15
1.15 230.4 0.919 18.2 89,539 138,193 –17
1.16 246.1 0.914 19.4 95,636 147,604 –19
1.17 261.7 0.908 20.7 101,733 157,015 –20
1.18 277.4 0.902 22.0 107,830 166,427 –21
1.19 293.1 0.897 23.3 113,928 175,838 –11
1.20 308.7 0.891 24.6 120,025 185,249 –4

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Chloride NaCl (Metric)

Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid) and
Specific NaCl
(SG) SG m3/m3 °C
m3/m3
1.00 0 1.000 0
1.01 0.035 0.965 –1
1.02 0.085 0.915 –2
1.03 0.135 0.865 –3
1.04 0.186 0.814 –4
1.05 0.236 0.764 –4
1.06 0.287 0.713 –5
1.07 0.337 0.663 –6
1.08 0.387 0.613 –7
1.09 0.438 0.562 –9
1.10 0.488 0.512 –10
1.11 0.539 0.461 –11
1.12 0.589 0.411 –12
1.13 0.639 0.361 –13
1.14 0.690 0.310 –15
1.15 0.740 0.260 –17
1.16 0.791 0.209 –19
1.17 0.841 0.159 –20
1.18 0.891 0.109 –21
1.19 0.942 0.058 –11
1.20 1.000 0.000 –4

MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Chloride KCl

(Metric) Mixing dry KCl (99%)
and water Composition for one
m3 of fluid
Specific KCl (99%)
Gravity Water dry KCl TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 wt % °C
1.00 0.9983 4.6 0.5 0
1.01 0.9942 15.7 1.6 –1
1.02 0.9882 31.7 3.1 –2
1.03 0.982 47.9 4.7 –2
1.04 0.9756 64.2 6.2 –3
1.05 0.969 80.7 7.7 –4
1.06 0.9623 97.4 9.2 –5
1.07 0.9554 114.2 10.7 –5
1.08 0.9484 131.2 12.2 –6
1.09 0.9412 148.3 13.6 –7
1.10 0.9339 165.5 15.1 –8
1.11 0.9266 182.9 16.5 –9
1.12 0.9191 200.3 17.9 –10
1.13 0.9115 217.9 19.3 –11
1.14 0.9038 235.5 20.7 –6
1.15 0.8961 253.2 22.1 1
1.16 0.8883 270.9 23.4 8
1.17 0.8805 288.7 24.7 15
1.18 0.8726 306.5 26 23

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Bromide NaBr (Metric)

fluid
Specific
Gravity NaBr Water NaBr Na Br TCT
1.08 104.6 0.976 9.8 22,694 80,000 –4
1.09 118.5 0.972 10.8 25,699 90,000 –5
1.10 132.4 0.969 11.9 28,704 100,000 –18
1.11 146.2 0.965 12.9 31,709 110,000 –12
1.12 160.1 0.961 14.0 34,714 120,000 –6
1.13 173.9 0.957 15.0 37,719 130,000 –7
1.14 187.8 0.953 16.0 40,725 140,000 –8
1.15 201.6 0.949 17.0 43,730 150,000 –9
1.16 215.5 0.945 18.0 46,735 160,000 –10
1.17 229.4 0.941 18.9 49,740 170,000 –11
1.18 243.2 0.937 19.9 52,745 180,000 –11
1.19 257.1 0.934 20.8 55,750 190,000 –12
1.20 270.9 0.930 21.8 58,755 200,000 –13
1.21 284.8 0.926 22.7 61,760 210,000 –14
1.22 298.6 0.922 23.6 64,765 220,000 –15
1.23 312.5 0.918 24.5 67,771 230,000 –15
1.24 326.3 0.914 25.4 70,776 240,000 –16
1.25 340.2 0.910 26.3 73,781 250,000 –17
1.26 354.1 0.906 27.2 76,786 260,000 –18
1.27 367.9 0.902 28.0 79,791 270,000 –19
1.28 381.8 0.899 28.9 82,796 280,000 –19
1.29 395.6 0.895 29.7 85,801 290,000 –20

MONOVALENT BRINES

fluid
Specific
Gravity NaBr Water NaBr Na Br TCT
1.3 409.5 0.891 30.5 88,806 300,000 –21
1.31 423.3 0.887 31.3 91,811 310,000 –22
1.32 437.2 0.883 32.1 94,817 320,000 –23
1.33 451.0 0.879 32.9 97,822 330,000 –24
1.34 464.9 0.875 33.7 100,827 340,000 –24
1.35 478.8 0.871 34.4 103,832 350,000 –25
1.36 492.6 0.867 35.2 106,837 360,000 –26
1.37 506.5 0.864 35.9 109,842 370,000 –27
1.38 520.3 0.860 36.6 112,847 380,000 –28
1.39 534.2 0.856 37.4 115,852 390,000 –28
1.40 548.0 0.852 38.1 118,857 400,000 –28
1.41 561.9 0.848 38.8 121,863 410,000 –28
1.42 575.8 0.844 39.4 124,868 420,000 –27
1.43 589.6 0.840 40.1 127,873 430,000 –24
1.44 603.5 0.836 40.8 130,878 440,000 –21
1.45 617.3 0.832 41.4 133,883 450,000 –17
1.46 631.2 0.829 42.0 136,888 460,000 –15
1.47 645.0 0.825 42.7 139,893 470,000 –12
1.48 658.9 0.821 43.3 142,898 480,000 –7
1.49 672.7 0.817 43.9 145,903 490,000 –2
1.50 686.6 0.813 44.5 148,909 500,000 3
1.51 700.5 0.809 45.0 151,914 510,000 8
1.52 714.3 0.805 45.6 154,919 520,000 10
1.53 728.2 0.801 46.2 157,924 530,000 12

MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and
Specific NaBr
(SG) SG m3/m3 °C
m3/m3
1.080 0.157 0.845 –4
1.092 0.180 0.822 –5
1.104 0.203 0.800 –18
1.116 0.226 0.777 –6
1.128 0.250 0.754 –7
1.140 0.273 0.731 –8
1.152 0.296 0.708 –9
1.164 0.320 0.684 –10
1.176 0.344 0.660 –11
1.188 0.368 0.637 –12
1.200 0.392 0.613 –13
1.212 0.416 0.588 –14
1.224 0.440 0.564 –15
1.236 0.464 0.540 –16
1.248 0.488 0.516 –17
1.261 0.512 0.492 –18
1.273 0.537 0.467 –19
1.285 0.561 0.443 –20
1.297 0.585 0.418 –21
1.309 0.610 0.393 –22
1.321 0.634 0.369 –23
1.333 0.659 0.344 –24
1.345 0.683 0.320 –25
1.357 0.707 0.295 –26

MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and
Specific NaBr
(SG) SG m3/m3 °C
m3/m3
1.369 0.732 0.270 –27
1.381 0.756 0.246 –28
1.393 0.781 0.221 –28
1.405 0.805 0.196 –28
1.417 0.830 0.172 –27
1.429 0.854 0.147 –24
1.441 0.879 0.122 –21
1.453 0.903 0.098 –17
1.465 0.927 0.073 –12
1.477 0.951 0.049 –7
1.489 0.976 0.024 –2
1.501 1.000 0.000 3

e NaCl/NaBr (Metric) Mixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water Composition
for one m3 of fluid
NaCl NaBr
Specific Water (99%) dry (97%) dryNaCl wt % NaBr wt % ° CTCT
Gravity (SG) m3/m3 3 Br mg/L Cl– mg/L
kg/m kg/m3
0.0 0 187,080 –5
1.200 0.880 311.3 25.69 0.00
179,618 –4
1.212 0.877 298.7 27.4 24.42 2.21 20,725
172,094 –4
1.224 0.874 286.5 55.1 23.17 4.37 41,494
MONOVALENT BRINES
164,635 –3
1.236 0.872 273.9 82.5 21.95 6.49 62,294
157,123 –3
1.248 0.869 261.6 110.2 20.75 8.57 82,992
103,906 149,807 –3
1.261 0.866 249.0 137.7 19.58 10.61
124,627 142,321 –3
1.273 0.863 236.5 165.4 18.42 12.61
145,462 134,797 –3
1.285 0.861 224.2 192.8 17.29 14.58
166,275 127,365 –3
1.297 0.858 211.6 220.5 16.18 16.51
ixing dry NaCl (99%), dry NaBr (97%) and water Composition
ne m3 of fluid
NaCl NaBr
kg/m kg/m3
187,056 119,774 –3
1.309 0.855 199.3 247.9 15.09 18.40
207,793 112,285 –4
1.321 0.852 186.8 275.6 14.01 20.26
–4
MONOVALENT BRINES
1.333 228,610 104,907

0.850 174.2 303.0 12.96 22.08
249,363 –4
1.345 0.847 161.9 330.7 11.93 23.87 97,378
270,179 –4
1.357 0.844 149.4 358.1 10.91 25.63 89,833
290,913 –3
1.369 0.841 137.1 385.8 9.92 27.36 82,414
311,692 –2
1.381 0.839 124.5 413.3 8.94 29.06 74,850
ne m3 of fluid
NaCl NaBr
kg/m kg/m3
332,509 –2
1.393 0.836 112.0 441.0 30.73 67,421
7.97
353,217 –2
1.405 0.833 99.7 468.4 7.03 32.38 59,853
–2
MONOVALENT BRINES
1.417 373,946 52,429

0.830 87.1 496.1 6.10 33.99
394,833 –2
1.429 0.828 74.8 523.5 5.18 35.58 44,871
415,584 –2
1.441 0.825 62.3 551.2 4.28 37.14 37,466
436,336 –1
1.453 0.822 49.7 578.6 3.40 38.67 29,932
457,080 –1
1.465 0.819 37.4 606.3 2.53 40.18 22,415
ne m3 of fluid
NaCl NaBr
kg/m kg/m3
477,810 0
1.477 0.817 633.7 41.67 14,918
24.8 1.67
0
498,666
1.489 0.814 661.4 0.83 43.13 7,445
0.012.6 0 1
MONOVALENT BRINES
519,346
1.501 0.811 688.9 0.00 44.56
MONOVALENT BRINES

NaCl/NaBr (Metric)
Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid),
1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity 1.2 1.5 TCT
(SG) SG SG °C
m3 m3
1.200 1.000 0.000 –5
1.212 0.960 0.040 –4
1.224 0.920 0.080 –4
1.236 0.880 0.120 –3
1.248 0.840 0.160 –3
1.261 0.800 0.200 –3
1.273 0.760 0.240 –3
1.285 0.720 0.280 –3
1.297 0.680 0.320 –3
1.309 0.640 0.360 –3
1.321 0.600 0.400 –4
1.333 0.560 0.440 –4
1.345 0.520 0.480 –4
1.357 0.480 0.520 –4
1.369 0.440 0.560 –3
1.381 0.400 0.600 –2
1.393 0.360 0.640 –2
1.405 0.320 0.680 –2
1.417 0.280 0.720 –2
1.429 0.240 0.760 –2
1.441 0.200 0.800 –2

MONOVALENT BRINES

NaCl/NaBr (Metric)
Blending 1.2 SG NaCl (liquid),
1.5 SG NaBr (liquid) and water
Specific NaCl NaBr
Gravity 1.2 1.5 TCT
(SG) SG SG °C
m3 m3
1.453 0.160 0.840 –1
1.465 0.120 0.880 –1
1.477 0.080 0.920 0
1.489 0.040 0.960 0
1.501 0.000 1.000 1
MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (U.S.)

Mixing dry NaHCO2 (96%) and
water Composition for one barrel of
fluid
Density 96%
lb/gal NaHCO2 Water TCT
@70° F lb/bbl bbl/bbl °F
8.4 5.86 0.9929 31
8.5 12.23 0.9867 29
8.6 18.71 0.9801 27
8.7 25.31 0.9733 25
8.8 32.02 0.9661 23
8.9 38.86 0.9585 20
9.0 45.83 0.9506 18
9.1 52.92 0.9423 16
9.2 60.14 0.9337 13
9.3 67.49 0.9247 11
9.4 74.98 0.9153 8
9.5 82.60 0.9055 6
9.6 90.36 0.8953 3
9.7 98.26 0.8847 6
9.8 106.30 0.8737 9
9.9 114.50 0.8623 12
10.0 122.80 0.8504 15
10.1 131.30 0.8382 18
10.2 140.00 0.8254 22
10.3 148.80 0.8123 27
10.4 157.70 0.7986 32
10.5 166.90 0.7845 38
10.6 176.10 0.7700 44
10.7 185.60 0.7549 49
10.8 195.20 0.7394 54
10.9 205.00 0.7233 59
11.0 215.00 0.7068 70

MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Formate KHCO2 (U.S.)

Mixing dry KHCO2 and water
Density KHCO2
lb/gal Water dry KHCO2 TCT
@60° F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % °F
8.5 0.9896 7.2 2.0 30
8.6 0.9696 21.2 5.8 29
8.7 0.9593 28.1 7.6 28
8.8 0.9504 34.9 9.4 26
8.9 0.9410 41.7 11.1 25
9.0 0.9318 48.4 12.8 23
9.1 0.9135 61.9 16.0 20
9.2 0.9044 68.6 17.6 18
9.3 0.8953 75.3 19.1 15
9.4 0.8862 81.9 20.6 12
9.5 0.8771 88.6 22.1 10
9.6 0.8680 95.3 23.6 6
9.7 0.8496 108.8 26.4 3
9.8 0.8402 115.6 27.8 0
9.9 0.8308 122.4 29.2 –4
10.0 0.8213 129.2 30.6 –8
10.1 0.8116 136.1 32.0 –12
10.2 0.7920 150.0 34.7 –16
10.3 0.7820 157.0 36.0 –20
10.4 0.7719 164.0 37.3 –24
10.5 0.7617 171.2 38.6 –28
10.6 0.7514 178.3 39.9 –32
10.7 0.7303 192.7 42.4 –37
10.8 0.7196 199.9 43.7 –41
10.9 0.7087 207.2 44.9 –46
11.0 0.6978 214.6 46.2 –50
11.1 0.6868 221.9 47.4 –55

MONOVALENT BRINES

Density KHCO2
lb/gal Water dry KHCO2 TCT
@60° F bbl/bbl lb/bbl wt % °F
11.2 0.6644 236.8 49.8 –59
11.3 0.6530 244.3 51.0 –64
11.4 0.6416 251.8 52.2 –69
11.5 0.6301 259.3 53.4 –73
11.6 0.6185 266.9 54.5 –75
11.7 0.5951 282.1 56.8 –69
11.8 0.5833 289.7 57.9 –63
11.9 0.5715 297.4 59.0 –57
12.0 0.5596 305.1 60.1 –51
12.1 0.5475 312.8 61.2 –45
12.2 0.5233 328.3 63.4 –39
12.3 0.5110 336.1 64.5 –33
12.4 0.4986 344.0 65.5 –28
12.5 0.4861 351.8 66.6 –21
12.6 0.4735 359.8 67.6 –15
12.7 0.4478 375.8 69.7 –9
12.8 0.4347 383.9 70.7 –3
12.9 0.4213 392.1 71.8 3
13.0 0.4077 400.4 72.8 9
13.1 0.3938 408.8 73.9 16
13.2 0.3795 417.3 74.9 22

MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 (liquid) and
water
Density KHCO2
8.4 0.0183 0.9817 30
8.5 0.0365 0.9635 29
8.6 0.0547 0.9453 28
8.7 0.0730 0.9270 26
8.8 0.0915 0.9085 25
8.9 0.1101 0.8899 23
9.0 0.1287 0.8713 20
9.1 0.1475 0.8525 18
9.2 0.1664 0.8336 15
9.3 0.1854 0.8146 12
9.4 0.2045 0.7955 10
9.5 0.2238 0.7762 6
9.6 0.2432 0.7568 3
9.7 0.2626 0.7374 0
9.8 0.2822 0.7178 –4
9.9 0.3019 0.6981 –8
10.0 0.3218 0.6782 –12
10.1 0.3418 0.6582 –16
10.2 0.3618 0.6382 –20
10.3 0.3821 0.6179 –24
10.4 0.4024 0.5976 –28
10.5 0.4229 0.5771 –32
10.6 0.4435 0.5565 –37
10.7 0.4642 0.5358 –41
10.8 0.4850 0.5150 –46
10.9 0.5060 0.4940 –50
11.0 0.5271 0.4729 –55

MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 (liquid) and
water
Density KHCO2
11.1 0.5484 0.4516 –59
11.2 0.5698 0.4302 –64
11.3 0.5913 0.4087 –69
11.4 0.6129 0.3871 –73
11.5 0.6347 0.3653 –75
11.6 0.6567 0.3433 –69
11.7 0.6787 0.3213 –63
11.8 0.7009 0.2991 –57
11.9 0.7233 0.2767 –51
12.0 0.7458 0.2542 –45
12.1 0.7684 0.2316 –39
12.2 0.7912 0.2088 –33
12.3 0.8113 0.1887 –28
12.4 0.8372 0.1628 –21
12.5 0.8604 0.1396 –15
12.6 0.8837 0.1163 –9
12.7 0.9072 0.0928 –3
12.8 0.9309 0.0691 3
12.9 0.9547 0.0453 9
13.0 0.9786 0.0214 16
13.1 1.0000 0.0000 22

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Formate/Potassium Formate

NaHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Mixing dry NaHCO2 (96%),
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2 and water
13.1
Density 96% lb/gal
lb/gal NaHCO2 Water KHCO2 NaHCO2 KHCO2 TCT
@70° F lb/bbl bbl/bbl bbl/bbl wt % wt % ° F
11.0 215.0 0.707 0.000 46.5 0.0 60
11.1 204.7 0.673 0.048 43.9 3.6 57
11.2 194.6 0.640 0.095 41.4 7.1 53
11.3 184.3 0.606 0.143 38.8 10.7 50
11.4 174.2 0.573 0.190 36.4 14.3 47
11.5 163.8 0.539 0.238 33.9 17.9 44
11.6 153.5 0.505 0.286 31.5 21.5 40
11.7 143.4 0.471 0.333 29.2 25.0 35
11.8 133.1 0.438 0.381 26.9 28.6 30
11.9 122.8 0.404 0.429 24.6 32.2 26
12.0 112.7 0.370 0.476 22.4 35.7 22
12.1 102.3 0.336 0.524 20.1 39.3 23
12.2 92.2 0.303 0.571 18.0 42.8 24
12.3 81.9 0.269 0.619 15.9 46.4 26
12.4 71.6 0.235 0.667 13.7 50.0 27
12.5 61.5 0.202 0.714 11.7 53.6 27
12.6 51.2 0.168 0.762 9.7 57.2 27
12.7 40.9 0.134 0.810 7.7 60.8 27
12.8 30.7 0.101 0.857 5.7 64.3 27
12.9 20.4 0.067 0.905 3.8 67.9 27
13.0 10.3 0.034 0.952 1.9 71.4 27
13.1 0.0 0.000 1.000 0.0 75.0 28

MONOVALENT BRINES
Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
Blending 17.5 lb/gal CsHCO2 and
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Density 17.5 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal
lb/gal Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
@70° F (SG) bbl/bbl bbl/bbl
13.08 1.57 0.000 1.000
13.17 1.58 0.019 0.981
13.25 1.59 0.038 0.962
13.33 1.60 0.057 0.943
13.42 1.61 0.075 0.925
13.50 1.62 0.094 0.906
13.58 1.63 0.113 0.887
13.67 1.64 0.132 0.868
13.75 1.65 0.151 0.849
13.83 1.66 0.170 0.830
13.92 1.67 0.189 0.811
14.00 1.68 0.208 0.792
14.08 1.69 0.226 0.774
14.17 1.70 0.245 0.755
14.25 1.71 0.264 0.736
14.33 1.72 0.283 0.717
14.42 1.73 0.302 0.698
14.50 1.74 0.321 0.679
14.58 1.75 0.340 0.660
14.67 1.76 0.358 0.642
14.75 1.77 0.377 0.623
14.83 1.78 0.396 0.604
14.92 1.79 0.415 0.585
15.00 1.80 0.434 0.566
15.08 1.81 0.453 0.547
15.17 1.82 0.472 0.528
Continues on next
page

MONOVALENT BRINES

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
15.25 1.83 0.491 0.509
15.33 1.84 0.509 0.491
15.42 1.85 0.528 0.472
15.50 1.86 0.547 0.453
15.58 1.87 0.566 0.434
15.67 1.88 0.585 0.415
15.75 1.89 0.604 0.396
15.83 1.90 0.623 0.377
15.92 1.91 0.642 0.358
16.00 1.92 0.660 0.340
16.08 1.93 0.679 0.321
16.17 1.94 0.698 0.302
16.25 1.95 0.717 0.283
16.33 1.96 0.736 0.264
16.42 1.97 0.755 0.245
16.50 1.98 0.774 0.226
16.58 1.99 0.792 0.208
16.67 2.00 0.811 0.189
16.75 2.01 0.830 0.170
16.83 2.02 0.849 0.151
16.92 2.03 0.868 0.132
17.00 2.04 0.887 0.113
17.08 2.05 0.906 0.094

MONOVALENT BRINES

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
17.17 2.06 0.925 0.075
17.25 2.07 0.943 0.057
17.33 2.08 0.962 0.038
17.42 2.09 0.981 0.019
17.50 2.10 1.000 0.000
These formulations provided by CABOT.

MONOVALENT BRINES

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
Density CsHCO2 KHCO2
lb/gal 18.3 lb/gal 13.1 lb/gal Density
@70° F bbl/bbl bbl/bbl SG
13.08 0.000 1.000 1.57
13.17 0.016 0.984 1.58
13.25 0.032 0.968 1.59
13.33 0.048 0.952 1.60
13.42 0.063 0.937 1.61
13.50 0.079 0.921 1.62
13.58 0.095 0.905 1.63
13.67 0.111 0.889 1.64
13.75 0.127 0.873 1.65
13.83 0.143 0.857 1.66
13.92 0.159 0.841 1.67
14.00 0.175 0.825 1.68
14.08 0.190 0.810 1.69
14.17 0.206 0.794 1.70
14.25 0.222 0.778 1.71
14.33 0.238 0.762 1.72
14.42 0.254 0.746 1.73
14.50 0.270 0.730 1.74
14.58 0.286 0.714 1.75
14.67 0.302 0.698 1.76
14.75 0.317 0.683 1.77
14.83 0.333 0.667 1.78
14.92 0.349 0.651 1.79
15.00 0.365 0.635 1.80
15.08 0.381 0.619 1.81
15.17 0.397 0.603 1.82
Continues on next
page

MONOVALENT BRINES

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
15.25 0.413 0.587 1.83
15.33 0.429 0.571 1.84
15.42 0.444 0.556 1.85
15.50 0.460 0.540 1.86
15.58 0.476 0.524 1.87
15.67 0.492 0.508 1.88
15.75 0.508 0.492 1.89
15.83 0.524 0.476 1.90
15.92 0.540 0.460 1.91
16.00 0.556 0.444 1.92
16.08 0.571 0.429 1.93
16.17 0.587 0.413 1.94
16.25 0.603 0.397 1.95
16.33 0.619 0.381 1.96
16.42 0.635 0.365 1.97
16.50 0.651 0.349 1.98
16.58 0.667 0.333 1.99
16.67 0.683 0.317 2.00
16.75 0.698 0.302 2.01
16.83 0.714 0.286 2.02
16.92 0.730 0.270 2.03
17.00 0.746 0.254 2.04
17.08 0.762 0.238 2.05
17.17 0.778 0.222 2.06
17.25 0.794 0.206 2.07

MONOVALENT BRINES

CsHCO2/KHCO2 (U.S.)
13.1 lb/gal KHCO2
17.33 0.810 0.190 2.08
17.42 0.825 0.175 2.09
17.50 0.841 0.159 2.10
17.58 0.857 0.143 2.11
17.67 0.873 0.127 2.12
17.75 0.889 0.111 2.13
17.83 0.905 0.095 2.14
17.92 0.921 0.079 2.15
18.00 0.937 0.063 2.16
18.08 0.952 0.048 2.17
18.17 0.968 0.032 2.18
18.25 0.984 0.016 2.19
18.33 1.000 0.000 2.20
These formulations provided by CABOT.

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (Metric)

Mixing dry KHCO2 (96%) and water
Specific NaHCO2 (96%)
Gravity Water dry TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 °C
1.01 0.9927 17.26 –1
1.02 0.9875 32.36 –2
1.03 0.9822 47.68 –3
1.04 0.9766 63.23 –3
1.05 0.9707 79.02 –4
1.06 0.9647 95.05 –5
1.07 0.9583 111.3 –7
1.08 0.9518 127.8 –7
1.09 0.9450 144.6 –8
1.10 0.9379 161.6 –10
1.11 0.9306 178.9 –11
1.12 0.9230 196.4 –12
1.13 0.9151 214.2 –13
1.14 0.9070 232.3 –14
1.15 0.8986 250.6 –16
1.16 0.8899 269.2 –16
1.17 0.8810 288.1 –14
1.18 0.8717 307.3 –13
1.19 0.8622 326.8 –11
1.20 0.8524 346.6 –10
1.21 0.8423 366.6 –8
1.22 0.8318 387.0 –7
1.23 0.8211 407.7 –4
1.24 0.8100 428.6 –2
1.25 0.7987 449.9 0
1.26 0.7870 471.6 3

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Formate NaHCO2 (Metric)

Mixing dry KHCO2 (96%) and water
Specific NaHCO2
Gravity Water (96%) dry TCT
(SG) m3/m3 kg/m3 °C
1.27 0.7750 493.5 6
1.28 0.7626 515.8 8
1.29 0.7499 538.4 11
1.30 0.7369 561.4 13
1.31 0.7235 584.7 15
1.32 0.7098 608.3 20

MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Formate KHCO2 (Metric)

Specific KHCO2
Gravity Water dry KHCO2 TCT
1.01 0.9896 20.4 2.0 –1
1.02 0.9795 40.5 3.9 –2
1.03 0.9696 60.4 5.8 –3
1.04 0.9593 80.1 7.6 –3
1.05 0.9504 99.6 9.4 –4
1.06 0.9410 119.0 11.1 –5
1.07 0.9318 138.2 12.8 –6
1.08 0.9226 157.4 14.4 –7
1.09 0.9135 176.5 16.0 –8
1.10 0.9044 195.6 17.6 –9
1.11 0.8953 214.7 19.1 –11
1.12 0.8862 233.8 20.6 –12
1.13 0.8771 252.8 22.1 –13
1.14 0.8680 272.0 23.6 –15
1.15 0.8588 291.2 25.0 –16
1.16 0.8496 310.4 26.4 –18
1.17 0.8402 329.8 27.8 –19
1.18 0.8308 349.2 29.2 –21
1.19 0.8213 368.7 30.6 –23
1.20 0.8116 388.4 32.0 –25
1.21 0.8019 408.1 33.3 –26
1.22 0.7920 428.0 34.7 –28
1.23 0.7820 448.0 36.0 –30
1.24 0.7719 468.0 37.3 –32
1.25 0.7617 488.3 38.6 –34
1.26 0.7514 508.6 39.9 –36
1.27 0.7409 529.1 41.2 –39

MONOVALENT BRINES

Specific KHCO2
1.28 0.7303 549.7 42.4 –41
1.29 0.7196 570.4 43.7 –43
1.30 0.7087 591.2 44.9 –45
1.31 0.6978 612.2 46.2 –48
1.32 0.6868 633.2 47.4 –50
1.33 0.6756 654.4 48.6 –52
1.34 0.6644 675.6 49.8 –55
1.35 0.6530 696.9 51.0 –57
1.36 0.6416 718.4 52.2 –60
1.37 0.6301 739.9 53.4 –61
1.38 0.6185 761.5 54.5 –58
1.39 0.6069 783.1 55.7 –56
1.40 0.5951 804.8 56.8 –53
1.41 0.5833 826.6 57.9 –50
1.42 0.5715 848.5 59.0 –48
1.43 0.5596 870.5 60.1 –45
1.44 0.5475 892.5 61.2 –42
1.45 0.5354 914.6 62.3 –39
1.46 0.5233 936.7 63.4 –36
1.47 0.5110 959.0 64.5 –33
1.48 0.4986 981.4 65.5 –31
1.49 0.4861 1003.8 66.6 –28
1.50 0.4735 1026.5 67.6 –25
1.51 0.4608 1049.2 68.6 –22
1.52 0.4478 1072.2 69.7 –19
1.53 0.4347 1095.3 70.7 –16

MONOVALENT BRINES

Specific KHCO2
1.54 0.4213 1118.6 71.8 –13
1.55 0.4077 1142.3 72.8 –10
1.56 0.3938 1166.2 73.9 –8
1.57 0.3795 1190.5 74.9 –5
1.58 0.3649 1215.1 76.0 –2

MONOVALENT BRINES

Blending 1.57 SG KHCO2 (liquid) and
Density KHCO2
lb/gal 1.57 Water TCT
@ 70° SG m3/m3 °C
F m3/m3
1.01 0.0189 0.9811 –1
1.02 0.0338 0.9662 –2
1.03 0.0488 0.9512 –2
1.04 0.0639 0.9361 –3
1.05 0.0791 0.9209 –4
1.06 0.0944 0.9056 –5
1.07 0.1097 0.8903 –6
1.08 0.1252 0.8748 –6
1.09 0.1407 0.8593 –7
1.10 0.1563 0.8437 –8
1.11 0.1720 0.8280 –9
1.12 0.1877 0.8123 –10
1.13 0.2036 0.7964 –12
1.14 0.2195 0.7805 –13
1.15 0.2355 0.7645 –14
1.16 0.2516 0.7484 –15
1.17 0.2678 0.7322 –17
1.18 0.2840 0.7160 –18
1.19 0.3004 0.6996 –20
1.20 0.3168 0.6832 –21
1.21 0.3333 0.6667 –23
1.22 0.3499 0.6501 –24
1.23 0.3666 0.6334 –26
1.24 0.3834 0.6166 –28
1.25 0.4003 0.5997 –30
1.26 0.4173 0.5827 –32

MONOVALENT BRINES

Density KHCO2
@ 70° SG m3/m3 °C
F m3/m3
1.27 0.4343 0.5657 –34
1.28 0.4515 0.5485 –36
1.29 0.4687 0.5313 –39
1.30 0.4860 0.5140 –41
1.31 0.5035 0.4965 –43
1.32 0.5210 0.4790 –46
1.33 0.5386 0.4614 –49
1.34 0.5563 0.4437 –51
1.35 0.5741 0.4259 –54
1.36 0.5919 0.4081 –57
1.37 0.6099 0.3901 –58
1.38 0.6280 0.3720 –54
1.39 0.6462 0.3538 –51
1.40 0.6644 0.3356 –47
1.41 0.6828 0.3172 –52
1.42 0.7012 0.2988 –49
1.43 0.7198 0.2802 –47
1.44 0.7385 0.2615 –44
1.45 0.7572 0.2428 –41
1.46 0.7761 0.2239 –38
1.47 0.7950 0.2050 –36
1.48 0.8141 0.1859 –33
1.49 0.8332 0.1668 –30
1.50 0.8525 0.1475 –27
1.51 0.8718 0.1282 –24

MONOVALENT BRINES

Density KHCO2
@ 70° SG m3/m3 °C
F m3/m3
1.52 0.8913 0.1087 –22
1.53 0.9109 0.0891 –19
1.54 0.9305 0.0695 –16
1.55 0.9503 0.0497 –13
1.56 0.9702 0.0298 –10
1.57 0.9901 0.0099 –8

MONOVALENT BRINES
NH4Cl Brine (U.S.)

Specific %
Gravity lb NH4CL bbl NH4CL
Density (SG) per bbl Water/ Weight/
lb/gal at 60° F Brine bbl Brine Weight
8.4 1.007 7 0.990 1.98
8.45 1.013 10.5 0.981 3.0
8.5 1.020 19 0.969 5.3
8.6 1.031 30 0.940 8.4
8.7 1.044 42 0.919 11.5
8.8 1.055 53 0.900 14.4
8.9 1.068 65 0.881 17.4
9.0 1.079 77 0.860 20.4
9.1 1.128 88 0.840 23.0
9.2 1.103 100 0.819 25.8
9.3 1.139 135 0.750 33.9

barrel of fluid Combination Sodium Chloride– Calcium Chloride Solutions
Specific Using 94 to 97% CaCl2 and NaCl

Solution Weight Using 77 to 80% CaCl2 and NaCl
Gravity (SG) lb/gal at lb/ft3 at Freezing
at 60° F 60° F CaCl2 lb NaCl lb galFresh- water CaCl2 lb F
NaCl lb galFresh- water Depthpsi of° ft
60° F Point
29 88 36 88 –4
1.21 10.1 75.56 36.8 35.8 0.524
52 70 64 70
1.22 10.2 76.31 36.8 35.1 0.529 –10
62 62 62
1.23 10.25 76.68 36.8 34.7 0.532 –12
MONOVALENT BRINES
72 54 8976.5 54
1.24 10.3 77.05 36.8 34.3 0.535 –15
89 41 41
1.25 10.4 77.8 32 36.8 110 32 33.8 0.54 –21
1.26 10.5 78.55 104 36.7 128 32.8 0.545 –26
25 25
1.27 10.6 79.3 116 20 36.5 143 20 32.6 0.55 –32
1.28 10.7 80.05 126 36.4 155 32.2 0.555 –38
ation Sodium Chloride– Calcium Chloride Solutions
Specific Using 94 to 97% CaCl2 and NaCl

Solution Weight Using 77 to 80% CaCl2 and NaCl
Gravity (SG) lb/gal at lb/ft3 at Freezing
at 60° F 60° F CaCl2 lb NaCl lb galFresh- water CaCl2 lb F
NaCl lb galFresh- water Depthpsi of° ft
60° F Point
18 18
1.29 10.75 80.42 131 36.3 161 32.0 0.558 –40
16 16
1.30 10.8 80.79 135 36.3 167 31.7 0.561 –42
13 13
MONOVALENT BRINES
1.31 81.54 144 36.2 178 31.3 0.566 –24

11 10.9 10 10
1.32 82.29 151 186 31.0 0.571
8 36 36.1 8 0 –12
1.33 11.1 83.04 159 196 30.6 0.576
MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Bromide KBr

Molecular Weight = 119.01
Relative Specific Refractivity = 0.627
Specific Crystallization
KBr by Density Gravity Temperature
wt % lb/gal (SG) °F
1 8 1 32
1 8 1 31
2 8 1 31
2 8 1 31
3 8 1 31
3 9 1 30
4 9 1 30
4 9 1 30
5 9 1 30
5 9 1 29
6 9 1 29
6 9 1 29
7 9 1 29
7 9 1 28
8 9 1 28
8 9 1 28
9 9 1 27
9 9 1 27
10 9 1 27
10 9 1 27
11 9 1 26
12 9 1 25
13 9 1 25
14 9 1 24
15 9 1 23
16 9 1 23

MONOVALENT BRINES
Potassium Bromide KBr

Molecular Weight = 119.01
Relative Specific Refractivity = 0.627
Specific Crystallization
KBr by Density Gravity Temperature
wt % lb/gal (SG) °F
17 9 1 22
18 10 1 21
19 10 1 20
20 10 1 20
22 10 1 18
24 10 1 16
26 10 1 15
28 10 1 13
30 11 1 11
32 11 1 9
34 11 1
36 11 1
38 11 1
40 11 1
CRC Handbook of Chemistry and
Physics 57th edition 1976–1977
CRC Press

MONOVALENT BRINES
Sodium Acetate NaH3C2O2 (U.S.)

Mixing dry Sodium Acetate and
water Composition for one barrel of
fluid
Sodium
Density Water Acetate Sodium Acetate TCT
lb/gal bbl/bbl lb/bbl mg/L mg/L °F
8.3 0.9976 1.75 1,401 3,598 32
8.4 0.9901 7.06 5,647 14,502 31
8.5 0.9739 17.92 14,330 36,785 29
8.6 0.9627 25.33 20,250 52,009 27
8.7 0.9517 32.90 26,300 67,556 24
8.8 0.9350 44.56 35,630 91,509 22
8.9 0.9234 52.54 42,010 107,883 19
9.0 0.9113 60.67 48,510 124,583 15
9.1 0.8987 68.95 55,130 141,592 12
9.2 0.8856 77.38 61,870 158,904 7
9.3 0.8720 85.96 68,730 176,513 3
9.4 0.8579 94.69 75,710 194,436 –1
9.5 0.8434 103.57 82,810 212,674 22
9.6 0.8286 112.62 90,050 231,263 28
9.7 0.8136 121.87 97,440 250,264 42

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 3
EXAMPLE CALCULATIONS
3.
EXAM
PLE
CALCU
LATION
S
Go To Table of
Increase the Density of a Single-Salt

System Using the Same Dry Salt
In order to increase the density of a single salt
with the same dry salt, you must have blend
charts that contain the pounds per barrel of salt
and the water fraction. These equations apply
for any single salt as long as it is the same as
the base brine.
Do = Density of the original fluid in

lb/gal Df = Density of the final fluid in
lb/gal
Wo = Water fraction of the original

fluid Wf = Water fraction of the final
fluid
So = Salt of the original fluid in

pounds Sf = Salt of the final fluid in
pounds
Vo = Volume of the original fluid in

bbl Vf = Volume of the final fluid in
bbl
Pounds of salt to add = ((Wo * Sf/Wf) – So) * Vo

Volume gained = (Wo/Wf * Vo) – Vo
Example using CaCl2 Table on page 1·5:

To weigh up 100 bbl of 9.0 lb/gal CaCl 2 to
9.9 lb/gal CaCl2 with dry CaCl2
Pounds of salt to add = ((Wo * Sf/Wf) – So) * Vo

Pounds of salt to add = (0.9755 * 89.4/0.9346) –
37.2) * 100
Pounds of salt to add = 5,611 lb
Volume gained = (Wo/Wf * Vo) – Vo

Volume gained = (0.9755/0.9346 * 100) – 100
Volume gained = 4.4 bbl
3·1 Go To Table of
Increase the Density of a Two-Salt System

Using Dry Bromide
In order to increase the density of a two-salt
system with the dry bromide, you must have
blend charts that contain the pounds per barrel
of salt and the water fraction. These equations
apply to both NaBr and CaBr2 additions. If using
NaBr, substitute NaBr in the following equa-
tions for CaBr2.
Do = Density of the original fluid in

lb/gal Df = Density of the final fluid in
lb/gal
Wo = Water fraction of the original

fluid Wf = Water fraction of the final
fluid
Co = Chloride salt of the original fluid

Cf = Chloride salt of the final fluid
Bo = Bromide salt of the original fluid

Bf = Bromide salt of the final fluid
Vo = Volume of the original fluid in

bbl Vf = Volume of the final fluid in
bbl
Wa = Water to add to start the blend

(bbl) Ba = Pounds of bromide salt to add
Vf = (Co/Cf) * Vo
Wa = Vo(Co * Wf/Cf) –
Vo(Wo) Ba = Vo(Co * Bf/Cf) –
Vo(Bo)
3·2 Go To Table of
Example:
To weigh up 100 bbl of 12.0 lb/gal CaBr2/CaCl2
to 12.5 lb/gal CaBr2/CaCl2 with dry CaBr2
Vf = Co/Cf * Vo
Vf = 194.1/183.7 *
100 Vf = 105.7
Wa = Vo(Co * Wf/Cf) – Vo(Wo)

Wa = 100(194.1 * 0.768/183.7) – 100(0.793)
Wa = 1.8 bbl
Ba = Vo(Co * Bf/Cf) – Vo(Bo)

Ba = 100(183.7 * 72.6/183.7) –
100(32.3) Ba = 4,030 lb
3·3 Go To Table of
How to Calculate Weight % Salt

To calculate the % by weight salt in a brine
system, one must know the density and the
amount of salt (lb/bbl) in the brine.
% by weight = Pounds of salt in the brine

system/(density in lb/gal * 42)
For example:
To calculate the % by weight of an
8.5 lb/gal KCl.
% by weight = 11.6/(8.5 lb/gal * 42)
% by weight = 3.2% or ~3% KCl (by weight)
To convert % by weight or weight percent to

parts per million (ppm) multiply by 10,000.
3% KCl (by weight or w/w) = 3 * 10,000

= 30,000 ppm
To convert parts per million (ppm) to milligram

per liter (mg/L), divide ppm by specific gravity
of the fluid.
To convert density into specific gravity, divide

by density of water @ 70° F = 8.5/8.345
= 1.019
30,000 ppm = 30,000/1.019

= 29,452 mg/L
3·4 Go To Table of
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 4
QHSE
4.
QHSE
Go To Table of
QHSE
Completion Fluids Safe Handling Guide

The Hazards
Like all chemicals, oilfield completion fluids
(brines) can be hazardous to your health if not
handled properly. Brines have unique chemical
properties and consequently must be handled
differently from conventional drilling muds.
Brines are salts dissolved in water. Brines
used in oil and gas well completions are for-
mulated with sodium chloride (NaCl, table
salt), potassium chloride (KCl), sodium bromide
(NaBr), calcium chloride (CaCl2), calcium bro-
mide (CaBr2), zinc bromide (ZnBr2), sodium
formate (NaHCO2), and potassium formate
(KHCO2). Brines may also contain various vis-
cosifiers, corrosion inhibitors and other addi-
tives for special applications.
Water weighs 8.3 lb/gal (1 SG) while oilfield
brines can weigh from 8.4 to 20 lb/gal (1.01 to
2.4 SG), depending upon the amount and
type of salt added. Generally, as brines get
heavier they are more dangerous to handle
and are more damaging to equipment and
the environment.
Hazardous Properties of Brines
• Acidity (pH) — Zinc brines are acidic.
• Absorption of water — Heavy brines
contain so much salt that they will absorb
water from their surroundings.
• Chemical reactions — Toxic chlorine
or bromine gas can be released from
brines. There are two circumstances
where this could occur:
1. When brines are exposed to the
extremely high temperatures of a fire, or
4·1 Go To Table of
QHSE
2. When brines are exposed to strong oxidizing
agents used to break viscosifiers.
• Toxicity — Brines can be toxic if large quanti-
ties are swallowed. This is usually not a signifi-
cant route of exposure at the rigsite.
Mixing Salts
• Dry sodium/potassium/ammonium chloride
added to water reduces solution
temperature very slightly
• Dry sodium/potassium bromide added to
water raises solution temperature very slightly
• Dry calcium chloride/bromide added to water
raises solution temperature significantly
– Temperature rise depends on rate of addition
• Addition of dry CaCl2 or CaBr2 can boil water
Effects of Exposure
• Skin contact — The acidity and/or the ten-
dency of brines to absorb water from their
surroundings means that they can be quite
irritating or even corrosive to the skin. The
irritating effect of brines is usually delayed;
you may not feel anything for several
minutes or even hours after exposure.
• Eye contact — Brines are immediately
and severely irritating to the eyes.
Permanent eye damage may result from
even short exposure to heavy brines. Wash
eyes for at least 15 min after exposure and
get medical attention.
• Inhalation — Inhalation of brine mist or spray
can be irritating to the mucous membranes of
the nose, mouth and throat.
• Ingestion — Swallowing brine may cause
nausea, vomiting and diarrhea in addition
to irritation of the mucous membranes of
the gastrointestinal tract. Swallowing large
quantities may cause more serious toxic
effects,
4·2
Go To Table of
QHSE
depending on the density of the brine and
the additives that it contains.
DO NOT INDUCE VOMITING WHEN
ZINC BROMIDE BRINES ARE
INJESTED.
Protecting Yourself
• Read and follow the instructions on the
MSDS Always have the Material Safety Data
Sheets (MSDS) available on location for all
chemicals that you handle. Read and follow
all instructions on the MSDS.
• Avoid exposure
Avoiding exposure to brines is always the best
way to protect yourself. However, this is not
always possible on the job. Whenever expo-
sure is possible use the equipment, procedures
and precautions outlined below.
• Use the correct Personal Protective
Equipment (PPE)
The following special equipment is necessary
for handling brines:
Eyes — Wear chemical splash goggles
designed to seal against the skin around
both eyes and give protection against splashes
from any angle. A full face shield may be used
in addition to goggles to protect the face.
Body — Wear slicker suits in areas where
exposure is likely. Slicker suits are hot and
interfere with the body's natural cooling,
therefore, a slower work pace or rotating
workers may be necessary. Rubber or plastic
aprons may be worn for some jobs, such as
carrying sacks. These are more comfortable
than slicker suits but do not give as much
protection.
4·3
Go To Table of
QHSE
Hands — Wear leak-proof gloves made of
natural or synthetic-rubber material. Glove
cuffs should be worn inside of slicker suit
sleeves to prevent brine from running off of
sleeves into gloves. For some jobs it may be
necessary to seal sleeves over glove cuffs
using tape to prevent brine from running into
sleeves when hands are raised. Cloth gloves
may be worn over rubber gloves to provide a
better grip and protect the rubber gloves
from tearing. Do not use leather gloves.
Feet — Wear leak-proof rubber steel-toe boots.
Do not use leather boots.
Respiratory — Use a NIOSH-approved P95
half-mask disposable or reusable particulate
mask for mist/aerosol. All respiratory protec-
tion equipment should be used within a com-
prehensive respiratory protection program
that meets the requirements of 29 CFR
1910.134 (OSHA Respiratory Protection
Standard) or local equivalent.
• Practice good skin care
Dermatitis, or skin irritation, is a common
problem when handling brines. The following
3-step program is designed to help you pre-
vent dermatitis:
Protection — Before contact with brines apply
a barrier cream to areas that are not easily
covered by some other form of PPE. Use a bar-
rier cream specifically designed to protect
against water-based hazards. Barrier creams
should be used in addition to the PPE men-
tioned above, not as a substitute for it.
4·4 Go To Table of
QHSE
Cleaning — Wash frequently; use hand soap,
not harsh industrial cleaners.
Reconditioning — Contact with brines and
frequent washing of the skin can result in
loss of the skin's natural oils and moisture.
To prevent dry, chaffed, and irritated skin,
apply a reconditioning skin lotion after work
and as needed.
Over-the-counter hydrocortisone cream
may be used to relieve minor skin irritation.
Follow instructions and precautions provided
by the manufacturer. If left untreated minor
skin irritation can progress rapidly, resulting
in intense itching and blisters which can
become infected. Cases of severe dermatitis,
especially if infection is suspected, should be
referred to a doctor immediately.
• Safety equipment
Emergency eye washes and showers should
be installed and easily accessible in all areas
where brines are used, especially on the rig
floor, shaker area and mud pits. Eye washes
and showers should be plainly marked with
signs and workers should be trained in their
location and proper use.
• Rigsite precautions
Use pipe wipers when pulling pipe. Keep the
pipe wiper below waist level so that brine will
not splash into workers’ faces.
Brines are slippery. Use non-slip surfaces
on the rig floor, stairs and decks.
Rinse off tools periodically to provide a
better grip and prevent brine from being
transferred to clothing.
4·5 Go To Table of
QHSE
Make sure that brine storage containers
and seals are strong enough to hold the brine
without rupturing or leaking. Heavy-duty
tanks should be used for brines weighing over
13.5 lb/gal (1.62 SG).
Environmental Issues
The Comprehensive Environmental Response,
Compensation and Liability Act (CERCLA) and
The Federal Water Pollution Control Act (Clean
Water Act) list zinc bromide as a hazardous
substance with a Reportable Quantity (RQ) of
1,000 lb (453.6 kg).
Brines may be toxic to aquatic plants and
animal life. Care should be taken to prevent
brines from entering waterways. Contact
M-I SWACO Environmental Affairs for more
information.
North Sea
Under the environmental regulations govern-
ing offshore operations in the North Sea, all
completion brines — with the exception of zinc
bromide — are considered acceptable for dis-
charge. This includes sodium, potassium and
cesium formate. Completion brines containing
zinc bromide brines may still be used in excep-
tional circumstances, with the prior approval
of the government environmental body
responsible for the geographical region in
which the operation will take place.
4·6 Go To Table of
5.
TEMPE
RATUR
COMPLETION FLUIDS E AND
PRESS
MANUAL URE
Chapter 5
TEMPERATURE AND PRESSURE
Go To Table of
Temperature and Pressure

Effects on Completion Fluid
Completion fluids exhibit the typical volumetric
response to temperature and pressure, i.e.,
expanding with increasing temperature and
compressing with increasing pressure. In a
shallow water or land-based wellbore, the
expansion of a completion fluid with temper-
ature produces a more pronounced affect
on volume than does pressure. This overall
increase in volume results in a fluid of lower
density at the bottom of the well than at the
surface. In deepwater environments however,
the depth of cold water will impact the
expansion/compression relationship such
that the fluid at the mud line is heavier than
that at the surface. The combination of
hydrostatic pressure and cold temperature
can have catastrophic effects unless the fluid
is properly formulated to account for this
environment.
Phase Diagrams
True Crystallization Temperature (TCT) is
that temperature at which the brine
solution
is fully saturated with respect to the least
soluble salt. Figure 5.1 represents the TCT
test results of an example CaCl2-CaBr2
completion brine. Included in the diagram is
the first crystal to appear (FCTA) and the last
crystal to dissolve (LCTD). Figure 5.2 presents
the phase diagram (TCT v. Temperature) for
various common completion fluids.
Crystallization of the fluid as a result of
hydrostatic pressure is referred to as
Pressurized Crystallization Temperature (PCT).
Figure 5.3 shows the impact of pressure on
the
5·1 Go To Table of
TCT of a CaCl2-CaBr2 completion brine with a
TCT of 40° F (4.4° C).
Figure 5.1: Crystallization of a

calcium chloride/calcium bromide
brine
Temperature (° F)
80
75
70
65
60 TCT = 57° F
LCTD
55
50 FCTA
45
40
6:05:46 6:08:38 6:11:31 6:14:24 6:17:17 6:20:10 6:23:02 6:25:55

Time
Figure 5.2: TCT diagram of various

completion brines
Temperature (° F)
70
60
50
40
30
20
10
0
-10
-20
-30
-40
-50
-60
8 8.5 9 9.5 10 10.5 11 11.5 12 12.5 13 13.5 14 14.5 15 15.3
Density (lbm/gal)
CaBr2 TCT NaCl TCT

CaCl2 CT NaBr TCT
5·2 Go To Table of
Figure 5.3: Effect of pressure on TCT of a 40°
F (4.4° C) TCT CaCl2-CaBr2 brine
TCT (°
F) 60
55
50
45
40
35
30
25
0 5,000 10,000 15,000
Pressure (psi)
Hydrate Suppression
Gas hydrates are a concern when working with
aqueous fluids in deepwater. They can occur
during critical phases of deepwater completion
(displacement, perforating, subsea BOP tests,
well tests, flow back, etc.), leading to significant
downtime if not suppressed in the fluid design.
Hydrate formation can be prevented by reduc-
ing the gas-water thermodynamic equilibrium
point. Dissolved salts, glycols and alcohols are
examples of substances that perform this func-
tion. However, in most circumstances fluid
properties such as density will limit the options
available. For example, below about 10.5 lb/gal
(1.26 SG), calcium chloride is unable to prevent
hydrate formation at a pressure of 10,000 psi
(689 bar) and 40° F (4.4° C). If a low-density
water-based formulation is required, oxy-
genated solvents such as ethylene glycol,
propylene glycol, methanol, etc. have shown
5·3 Go To Table of
themselves to be effective inhibitors. Figure 5.4
gives an example of supplementing the hydrate
inhibition of CaCl2 brine through addition of
ethylene glycol.
Figure 5.4: Hydrate protection of low-density

brine with monoethylene glycol; thermo-
dynamic hydrate protection of CaCl2 at 40° F
(4.4° C).
Hydrate formation pressure (psi)

12,000
CaCl2 requires hydrate inhibitor (MEG) to control hydrates to 10,000 psi
11,000
10,000
9,000
5.3%
8,000
8.7% MEG
7,000 MEG
30%
6,000 MEG 19%
5,000 MEG
4,000
3,000
2,000
1,000
0
9.3 9.4 9.5 9.6 9.7 9.8 9.9 10 10.1 10.2 10.3 10.4 10.5 10.6 10.7
Density of CaCl2 (lb/gal)
Density Prediction
The ability to calculate the hydrostatic pressure
at any point in a wellbore containing a column
of completion fluid is necessary for its optimum
selection. Because hydrostatic pressure is cumu-
lative with depth and is directly related to den-
sity, which may be increasing with depth in
deepwater or decreasing with depth as the tem-
perature increases, it is necessary to mathemat-
ically predict the density of the completion fluid
under the combined influence of compression
and temperature. The M-I SWACO proprietary
computer program VIRTUAL COMPLETION FLUIDS*
(VCF*) provides the means to accurately obtain
this necessary information.
5·4 Go To Table of
Bottomhole density is calculated with use
of detailed PVT data for the behavior of the
fluid in question. In the absence of such data,
downhole density and total hydrostatic
pressure at depth can be closely
approximated by using the following
calculations and thermal expansion and
compressibility factors provided in Tables 1
and 2.
Total Hydrostatic Pressure in the Wellbore
Psih = 0.052 * Davg * TVD (1)
Where,
Average Brine Density in a Wellbore

(2000 – 0.052 * Cf * TVD) * Dsurf – 10 * Ve * (BHT – Ts)
Davg =
2000 –
(2)
* Cf TVD
0.104 *
Ve = Temperature expansion
factor, lbm/gal/100° F (Table
1)
Cf = Pressure compressibility factor,

lbm/gal/1,000 psi (Table 2)
TVD = Total vertical depth (ft)
Dsurf = Density at surface,
lbm/gal
BHT = Bottomhole temperature (°
F) Ts = Temperature at surface (°
F)
5·5 Go To Table of
Table 1. Expansibility of Brines at 12,000 psi

from 76° to 198° F
Brine Density Ve
Type (lbm/gal) (lbm/gal/100° F)
NaCl 9.42 0.24
CaCl2 11.45 0.27
NaBr 12.48 0.33
CaBr2 14.13 0.33
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 16.01 0.36
ZnBr2/CaBr2 19.27 0.48
Table 2. Compressibility of Brines at

198° F from 2,000 to 12,000 psi
Brine Density Cf
Type (lbm/gal) (lbm/gal/1,000 psi)
NaCl 9.49 0.019
CaCl2 11.45 0.017
NaBr 12.48 0.021
CaBr2 14.30 0.022
ZnBr2/CaBr2/CaCl2 16.01 0.022
ZnBr2/CaBr2 19.27 0.031
5·6 Go To Table of
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 6
TESTING PROCEDURES
6.
TESTI
NG
PROC
EDURE
S
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Marsh Funnel Viscosity

Scope and Limitations
The Marsh funnel is used for routine field
measurement of viscosity. It provides a
quick and easy procedure for monitoring
viscosity of neat brines, viscosified brines,
spacers and reservoir drill-in fluids. Changes in
Marsh funnel viscosity can indicate that there
may be polymer degradation or
contamination by solids or chemicals. Further
testing or fluid-component information is
usually required to determine the cause of the
viscosity change.
References
• API RP 13B-1, 3rd Edition, December 2003
• M-I Drilling Fluids Engineering Manual,
v.1.0, M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
Safety
• Wear safety glasses
• Gloves are required when handling corrosive
or hazardous fluids
Equipment and Chemicals Required
• Marsh funnel
• 1-qt receiving cup
• Stopwatch
• Thermometer
Calibration Procedure
1. Obtain 1,500 mL freshwater and
check temperature.
2. Adjust water temperature to 75 ±5°
F (24 ±2.5° C).
3. Inspect Marsh funnel to make certain it is
not dirty or damaged.
6·1
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
4. Fill Marsh funnel to the bottom of the
screen with freshwater, covering orifice with
finger to prevent fluid from escaping.
5. Place filled Marsh funnel in upright
position over the 1-qt receiving cup.
6. Start stopwatch and remove finger from
funnel orifice at the same time.
7. Stop stopwatch when fluid level in receiving
cup reaches the 1-qt line.
8. One qt of water should take 26 ±0.5 sec.
If your results vary from this time, repeat
calibration process. Take special care to clean
funnel properly, and to remove finger from
funnel orifice and start stopwatch at the
same time.
Procedure
1. Obtain 1,500 mL sample and check
temperature. Record fluid
temperature.
2. Pour freshly collected sample into clean and
dry Marsh funnel until the fluid level reaches
the bottom of the screen, covering funnel
orifice to prevent fluid from escaping.
3. Simultaneously remove finger from funnel
orifice and start stopwatch.
4. Report result to the nearest second as
Marsh funnel viscosity.
Fann 35 Viscosity: PV, YP,

AV Gel Strengths
The Fann 35 viscometer is used for measure-
ment of viscosity, including PV, YP and 10-sec
and 10-min gel strengths. Additional useful
information can be obtained using the Fann 35
for characterizing fluids, but these are the
6·2
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
primary values described in this procedure.
These values can assist in evaluating carrying
capacity and quality of viscosified brine fluids,
displacement spacers, fluid-loss pills and res-
ervoir drill-in fluids. One can also detect pos-
sible presence of polymer in clear brine fluids
that can impact filterability and formation
damage potential.
References
v.1.0, M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
• VG Meter Calibration, Job Instructions Manual,
Western Hemisphere ISO Home Page,
current version found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com
Safety
• Do not test fluids above 180° F (82° C),
hollow bob can explode when trapped
moisture vaporizes. Use solid bob if higher
temperature testing is necessary.
• Fann 35A or equivalent viscometer with
R1/B1/F1 configuration (standard rotor,
bob and spring)
• Stopwatch
• Thermometer
• Calibration fluids
Calibration
Calibration and repair of Fann 35 viscometers
should be performed by trained M-I SWACO
personnel or outside vendors who are familiar
with the proper procedures.
6·3 Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Simple calibration checks can be performed
by using special calibration fluids with viscosity
versus temperature chart.
Calibration checks are quick and easy, and
should be performed regularly to ensure proper
equipment performance.
1. Select a viscosity standard near the viscosity
of fluids normally measured.
2. Check that the zero RPM reading of the
instrument is 0 ± 0.5 dial readings.
3. Measure temperature and viscosity at
600 RPM and 300 RPM.
4. Compare Fann 35 reading at 300 RPM and
Fann 35 reading at 600 RPM divided by 2 to
the value shown for that temperature on
the calibration fluid chart.
5. These values should be ± 1.5 from
the chart value.
Procedure for Apparent Viscosity,
Plastic Viscosity and Yield Point
1. Mix sample to provide uniformity and
disrupt progressive gel structure.
2. Pour sample into thermocup, place on
Fann 35 sample platform and raise until
fluid level is at the Fann 35 rotor-scribe
line (above the two holes in the rotor).
3. Heat or cool sample to 120° F (49° C) while
running Fann 35 at 100 RPM. 100 RPM can
be achieved by starting the motor in low
speed (with switch down towards the back)
and lift- ing red gear-shifter knob all the way
up. Only change gears when the motor is
running.
4. Once temperature has stabilized at 120° F
(49° C), change speed to 600 RPM by
depress- ing gear shifter knob all the way
down with motor still running, then switching
the motor
6·4
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
to high speed by pushing the switch down
and toward the front of the instrument.
5. Wait for a steady reading and record.
6. Change speed to 300 RPM by switching
the motor back to low speed. Wait for a
steady value and record the 300 RPM
value.
7. Plastic Viscosity (cP) = 600 reading –
300 reading
8. Yield Point (lb/100 ft2) = 300 reading – PV
9. Apparent Viscosity (cP) = 600 reading
2
Procedure for Gel Strength
1. Maintaining the sample temperature at
120° F (49° C), stir sample at 600 RPM
for 10 sec.
2. Quickly adjust gear knob while motor is run-
ning in preparation for taking 3 RPM
reading.
3. Turn off viscometer and start stopwatch.
4. After 10 sec have elapsed, turn the Fann 35
on to 3 RPM and watch dial reading
increase then fall off.
5. Record maximum value achieved as 10-sec
gel strength (lb/100 ft2).
6. Restir sample at 600 RPM for 10 sec.
7. Quickly adjust gear knob while motor is run-
ning in preparation for taking 3 RPM
reading.
8. Turn off viscometer and start stopwatch.
9. After 10 min have elapsed, turn the Fann 35
on to 3 RPM and watch dial reading
increase then fall off.
10. Record maximum value achieved as 10-min
gel strength (lb/100 ft2).
6·5 Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Turbidity
Turbidity is the measurement of light scatter
using an NTU meter. The value is reported in
Nephelometric Turbidity Units (NTU). This pro-
cedure does not determine size or quantity of
insoluble solids in brine.
References
• API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003
Safety
• Distilled or deionized water
• NTU meter
• Clean, dry sample cuvettes free from scratches
Procedure
1. Turn on NTU meter.
2. Insert standardizing cuvette into NTU meter
and calibrate, if necessary, by following
manufacturer’s instructions.
3. Fill sample cuvette with brine to the
appropriate level.
4. Clean outside of cuvette, then rinse with
distilled or deionized water.
5. Dry sample cuvette with lint-free cloth.
6. Insert sample cuvette into NTU meter.
7. Read NTU value after meter
reading has stabilized.
6·6 Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Total Suspended Solids

This procedure quantifies insoluble solids in
weight percent. Rinsing the filter with distilled
or deionized water after filtration is important
when testing brines because soluble-solids
content can contribute to erroneously high
results. Salt residue remaining on filter can
also contribute to long drying time because
the salt is hygroscopic. A representative sample
is important, so unrepresentative trash, sticks,
paper, etc. should be removed from sample
before testing.
References
Safety
• Wear safety glasses and chemically
resistant gloves
• Oven, set to 220° F ± 2° F (104° C ± 1° C)
• Filters, 4.8 cm diameter, no organic binder
• Membrane filter holder
• 100 mL graduated cylinder
• Balance, accurate to 5 places
• Dessicator with appropriate dessicant
• 20 mL wide tip pipette
• Aluminum weighing pans
Procedure
1. This test should be run in triplicate.
2. Set up vacuum-filtration device and
paper. Place filter paper with rough side
face-up.
3. Filter 3 aliquots of 20 mL distilled
or deionized water.
6·7
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
4. Continue vacuum until all water is filtered.
5. Remove filter, dry 1 hr at 220° F (104°
C), cool and store in dessicator until
needed.
6. Weigh prepared filter paper before filtering
brine sample.
7. Wet paper with distilled or deionized water
to provide better seal.
8. Obtain a representative brine sample, shake
brine sample for one minute to provide
uniformity of insoluble solids.
9. Filter 100 mL brine.
10. Rinse graduated cylinder with distilled or
deoinized water to collect any remaining
insoluble solids, and pour this rinse water
through filter to remove any soluble mate-
rial remaining on filter. Repeat this
process 3 times. Allow complete drainage
of fluid before each rinse.
11. Apply vacuum until all liquid is
removed from filter.
12. Remove filter paper from filtration device
and dry 1 hr at 220° F (104° C) in
preweighed aluminum pan.
13. Weigh filter after cooling in dessicator
(~20 min).
14. Subtract final dried weight of filter and
residue from prepared filter paper weight
plus aluminum pan weight.
15. Final weight must be at least 1 mg more
than initial weight or sample volume must
be increased and the test rerun.
16. Calculate:
TSS = Final weight (mg) – Initial weight (mg)
Sample volume (mL)
6·8
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Solids by Centrifuge
This procedure quantifies solids
by volume percent.
Safety
• Bench centrifuge
• 50 mL centrifuge tubes
Procedure
1. Shake representative sample for 1 min
to provide uniformity of suspended
solids.
2. Fill two centrifuge tubes up to the 50 mL
mark with the sample fluid. Spin samples at
1,500 to 2,500 RPM for 10 min.
3. After centrifuge has fully stopped spinning,
open lid and remove tubes.
4. Solids, if present, should form a distinct
layer at bottom.
5. Read this level on both tubes and add
them together.
6. The volume percent of solids is equal to
the total solids from Step 5 divided by 100.
6·9
Go To Table of
TESTING PROCEDURES
Iron in Zinc and Non-zinc Brine:

Colorimetric Procedure
Formation damage, cross-linking of polymers,
and stabilization of brine/crude-oil emulsions
are some of the negative impacts of iron in
brine. Iron content can be measured with a test
kit utilizing vacu-ampule and color compara-
tors. The test procedure is applicable to all
brine types including zinc bromide containing
brines. This test measures total iron and does
not dis- tinguish between species of iron. Iron
concentrations up to 600 mg/L can be
measured with good reproducibility as
determined by API Round Robin testing. It is
important to realize that the mg/L reading must
be divided by specific gravity to get a ppm value.
This colorimetric procedure requires subjective
color observations to match test vial colors to
standards. An alternate kit is available from
CHEMets that utilizes a single analyte LED-based
photometer.
References
• CHEMets test procedure
• Carpenter, J.F., et al. “A New Field Method
for Determining the Levels of Iron
Contamination in Oilfield Completion
Brine,” SPE 86551, SPE Formation Damage
Control Symposium, Lafayette, Feb 18–20,
2004
Safety
• Read MSDS before conducting test
• Dispose of vacu-ampule as sharps/broken
glass waste
TESTING PROCEDURES
Complete Test Kit (CHEMets catalog
number K-6002) contains:
• Refill, 30 CHEMets ampules (R-6002)
• Acidifier solution, six 70 mL bottles (A-6001)
• Activator solution, six 20 mL bottles (A-6002)
• Sample cup, 50 mL, package of six (A-0027)
• Syringe, 1 mL, package of six (A-0027)
• Comparator, 0–100 mg/L (C-6002)
• Comparator, 100–1,000 (C-6012)
Procedure
1. Mix sample to ensure sample uniformity,
but do not include non-suspended solids.
2. Use 1 mL syringe to add 0.5 mL of sample
to the 50 mL sample cup. Remove any
bubbles from syringe by tapping syringe
with tip pointing upward.
3. Using a different 1 mL syringe, add 1 mL
of acidifier solution to sample cup.
4. Add 5 drops activator solution. (Use 10
drops if the sample has 2% + organic
content, i.e. EGMBE.)
5. Swirl cup and wait 2 min.
6. Fill sample cup to 50 mL with iron-free water
(distilled or deionized preferred).
7. Screw cap onto sample cup and shake
to mix contents.
8. Remove cap, and place ampule in sample
cup. Snap tip by pressing ampule against
the side of the cup. The ampule will fill,
but will contain a small bubble of air to aid
in mixing.
9. Invert ampule several times, allowing bubble
to travel from one end of the ampule to the
other each time, in order to mix contents.
TESTING PROCEDURES
10. Using the appropriate comparator, deter-
mine iron content by matching color to that
of one of the standards. A bright-white
light or sunlight is preferable to fluorescent
light- ing for an accurate reading. If the
color is between two color standards, make
a concentration estimate.
a. To use low range comparator, place the
ampule flat end downward, into the
center opening in the comparator.
Rotate comparator until the closest
match is observed.
b. To use high-range comparator, place
ampule comparator in a nearly horizontal
position. Place ampule between color
standards, moving it along the compara-
tor until the closest match is observed.
11. Divide mg/L reading by specific gravity
to obtain ppm iron in sample.
pH of Brine
The pH of neat brine is measured using a
combination glass electrode containing a
double-junction reference electrode and the
corresponding meter. This type of electrode is
recommended in API RP 13J, and is less sensi-
tive to high salinity and solids content than
most other pH probes. Measurement of pH on
neat (undiluted) brine is more reproducible
than 1:9 Brine:Water dilutions, and is the API
recommended procedure. Although ISFET
probes are perceived as being sturdier, the use
of ISFET probes may result in lower pH
readings. pH is generally defined as the
negative log of H+ activity; however, this
definition does not
TESTING PROCEDURES
translate well to heavy brines. For practical
purposes, pH is the value measured by a pH
meter and is valuable as a relative value for
tracking changes and monitoring brine
quality.
References
• Prasek, B.B., et al. “A New Industry Standard
for Determining the pH in Oilfield
Completion Brines,” SPE 86502, SPE
Formation Damage Control Symposium,
Lafayette, Feb 18 –20, 2004
Safety
• pH meter with digital output, preferably
waterproof, shock-resistant and portable with
0 to 14 pH range, temperature compensation
operable through temperature range 32° to
150° F (0° to 66° C) and ± 0.1 pH unit resolu-
tion, accuracy and repeatability
• Double-junction combination pH probe
• Commercially available pH standards, prefer-
ably color-coded for easy identification
• Thermometer with 32° to 220° F (0° to 104°
C), 2° F (± 1° C) divisions, or better precision
• Beaker or sample container
• Distilled or deionized rinse water
• Blotting tissue
• Electrode storage beaker or container
TESTING PROCEDURES
pH meters and electrodes conforming to API RP
13J requirements are readily available through
several laboratory equipment and scientific
supply outlets.
Calibration Procedure and
Care of Electrode
pH meter calibration should be checked
prior to first use and at least every 8
hrs of continuous use.
1. Before calibration, rinse electrode with dis-
tilled or deionized water, and inspect elec-
trode for breakage and formation of
precipitation or polymer coating. Clean or
replace electrode if it does not pass
inspection.
2. Follow probe manufacturer’s calibration pro-
cedure using the pH 7.0 standard buffer and
either the pH 4.0 or pH 10.0 standard,
depending on anticipated sample pH. Buffer
temperature should be at 75° ± 5° F (24° ±
±2.5° C) before calibrating. (The pH value on
the container is valid for 75° F (24° C), and
a table of buffer values versus temperature
is required if calibration is conducted at a
different temperature).
3. After calibration recheck pH 7.0 buffer, and
if the meter does not read 7.0 ± 0.1
recalibrate pH meter and check again.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Test Procedure
1. Mix sample to ensure sample uniformity.
2. Place sample in beaker or other
appropriate clean container.
3. Immerse thermometer to level
recommended by manufacturer. Read and
record sample temperature.
4. Sample temperature should be 75° ± 5° F (24°
± 2.5° C), and the same temperature as buffers
used in calibration. If sample temperature
is more than 20° F (–7° C) from calibration
temperature, temperature compensation is
required. pH values are sensitive to temper-
ature differences in highly acidic or highly
basic solutions.
5. Place electrode into sample and stir gently,
allowing pH reading to stabilize. This usually
takes less than 2 min. pH probe should not
be left in brine for over 5 min.
6. Read and record pH reading to the nearest
± 0.1 pH unit.
7. Rinse pH probe using distilled or deionized
water.
8. Return probe to storage container.
Important Considerations for pH Meter
Calibration and pH Measurement
• Calibration should be checked more
frequently than every 8 hr if probe is getting
older or if testing samples with high polymer
or clay content, low pH (< 2), high pH (>
10), oil
or zinc-containing brines
• Fresh pH buffers should be used every day
• pH probes can often be brought back to
good performance by reconditioning
including
TESTING PROCEDURES
soaking 10 min in 0.1 M HCl, 10 min in
0.1M NaOH, then recalibrating meter
• Do not allow probe to go dry. Store in pH 4
buffer solution or as recommended by
probe manufacturer.
• It is good practice to keep a backup
electrode on hand, and to replace
electrodes at least every 6 months (or as
recommended by manufacturer)
• If pH measurement is erratic (especially if it
stabilizes when stirring is discontinued), if pH
stabilization is slow with non-zinc brine, or if
re-calibration is required on increasingly fre-
quent basis imminent probe failure is likely.
Attempt reconditioning probe, and obtain a
replacement probe before failure occurs.
Crystallization Point Determination

The crystallization temperature of brine
is the temperature at which the brine
will form solids, either salt crystals or ice
(given
enough time and nucleating conditions). True
Crystallization Temperature (TCT) is the value
reported. Precipitation of salt crystals can
cause equipment plugging, viscosity increase
and loss of density.
References
Safety
TESTING PROCEDURES
• Ice bath (with salt)
• Digital thermometer with Thermistor probe
• Concentric test tubes (two needed, one
small enough to fit inside the other)
• DE (or other seed material)
Test Procedure
1. Prepare an ice bath with the appropriate
temperature. Use the following guidelines
when preparing the ice bath:
• When the TCT is expected to be 40° F (4°
C) or higher, prepare a 32° F (0° C) bath
by mixing an equal volume of ice and
water
• When the TCT is expected to be 40° F (4°
C) or lower, prepare a 5° F (–15° C) bath
using an equal volume of ice and water
with the water containing 25% by weight
of sodium chloride
• When the TCT is expected to be 20° F (–7°
C) or lower, prepare a –40° F (– 40° C) bath
by mixing ice with an equal volume of
pow- dered calcium chloride. Caution:
This bath can cause freezer burns.
2. Place the fluid into the smaller test tube
and insert the smaller test tube into the
larger test tube.
3. Put a pinch of DE into the fluid and carefully
stir with the thermometer. The test liquid
level must be at the thermometer
immersion level.
4. Immerse the test tubes into the ice bath
and carefully stir with the thermometer.
The cooling rate should be no greater
than 1° F (0.5° C) per minute.
TESTING PROCEDURES
5. The temperature will decrease to a certain
point, then increase and begin to level off to
a constant temperature. Observe the fluid
and thermometer during these changes.
•When crystals begin to form, the
corresponding temperature is called the
First Crystal to Appear (FCTA)
•From this point, the temperature will
almost immediately rise and begin to
stabilize at a constant temperature. This
corresponding temperature is the True
Crystallization Temperature (TCT). This is
the value reported as the crystallization
temperature.
6. Begin warming the test tube at a rate of 1° F
(0.5° C) per minute by reciprocating in and
out of the ice bath. The temperature at
which the last crystal dissolves is the Last
Crystal to Dissolve (LCTD).
7. API 13J requires that Crystallization Point
determination be performed in triplicate to
ensure accuracy. An FCTA and TCT within
5° F (2.5° C) of each other is usually
indicative of accurate results.
Note: The inner test tube can be placed directly

into the ice bath until the solution temperature
is within 5° F (2.5° C) of the expected TCT. Then
place the sample test tube into the larger test
tube. Wipe moisture off inner test tube first.

TESTING PROCEDURES
Figure 6.1
Cooling cycle Heating cycle
LCTD
Ambient temperature
TCT
FCTA
Time
FCTA = First crystal to appear

TCT = True crystallization point
LCTD = Last crystal to dissolve
Calcium and Magnesium in

Monovalent Brine and Formation Water
Total hardness (calcium and magnesium
together) is determined by following proce-
dure A. By following both procedure A and
procedure B, separate calcium content and
magnesium content values are obtained.
References
v.1.0, M-I L.L.C. (July 1998)
Safety
• Read MSDS before conducting test
6·19Go To Table of Contents

TESTING PROCEDURES
• EDTA (Standard Versenate) solution 0.01M
• Strong buffer solution (ammonium hydroxide/
ammonium chloride)
• Calmagite Indicator solution
• Titration dish, 100 to 150 mL, preferably white
• Three graduated pipettes:
• One 1 mL pipette
• 50 mL graduated cylinder
• Glass stirring rod
• 8N NaOH or KOH solution
• Calcon Indicator or Calver II
• Procelain spoon/spatula
• Masking Agent: 1:1:2
triethanolamine:tetraethylenepentamine:
water (by volume)
Procedure A (total hardness as Ca2+)
1. Add approximately 20 mL of distilled water
to titration vessel.
2. Add 1 mL of the water or filtrate to be tested.
3. Add 1 mL of strong buffer solution.
4. Add about 6 drops of Calmagite and mix
with stirring rod. A wine red color will
develop if calcium and/or magnesium is
present.
5. Using a pipette, titrate with Standard
Versenate Solution, stirring continuously,
until the sample first turns to blue with no
undertint of red remaining.
TESTING PROCEDURES
6. Record the number of mL of
Standard Versenate solution used as
“A.”
7. Calculate total hardness as
Ca2+ (mg/L) =
A x 400
mL of
sample
CaCO3 (mg/L) =
A x 1,000
mL of sample
Procedure B (calcium and magnesium
separately)
1. Add approximately 20 mL of distilled water to
the titration vessel.
2. Add the same amount of water or filtrate
to be tested as used in procedure A.
3. Add 1 mL masking agent.
4. Add 1 mL of 8N NaOH or KOH and ∏
porcelain spoonful (0.2 g) of Calcon Indicator
and mix with stirring rod.
5. Titrate with Standard Versenate solution
until the indicator turns from wine red to
blue with no undertint of red remaining.
6. Record the number of mL of
Standard Versenate required as “B.”
7. Calculate calcium (mg/L) = B x 400
mL sample
8. Calculate magnesium (mg/L) = (A – B) x 243
mL sample
TESTING PROCEDURES
Brine Density
This procedure applies to measuring density of
a brine at surface and correcting the density
to 70° F (21° C).
References
Safety
• Hydrometer calibrated at 60° F (16° C)
• Hydrometer Cylinder
• Thermometer
Note: If you do not know the approximate den-

sity of the fluid to be checked, start with a low-
range hydrometer and work your way up to the
correct range. This technique will prevent the
breaking of the heavier hydrometers as they fall
through the lighter density fluids.
Procedure
1. Pour a sample of the fluid to be weighed
into the hydrometer cylinder to within ± 1
in. (25.4 mm) from the top.
2. Gently place the hydrometer into the
cylinder and spin it as you release it into the
fluid.
3. Allow the hydrometer to stabilize and read
the specific gravity from the spindle. Take
your reading from the bottom of the
meniscus.
4. Record the temperature of the sample using
a Fahrenheit thermometer.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Calculation
1. Convert the hydrometer reading (specific
gravity) to lb/gal by multiplying the specific
gravity x 8.334. This factor relates to the
density of water at 60° F (16° C), the
temperature at which the hydrometer is
calibrated.
2. Calculate the density correction to 70°
F (21° C) using the following equation:
Dc = Dm+ [ CF(Tm – 70) ]
Where:
Dc = Corrected Density
Dm = Measured Density in lb/gal
CF = Hydrometer Correction
Factor
(see table on page 6·24)
Tm = Temperature of Sample
Example
Hydrometer reading of 1.742 SG at 100° F (38° C)
8.334 x 1.74 = 14.5 lb/gal at 100° F (38° C)
Dc = 14.5 + 0.00363 (100 – 70)
Dc = 14.5 + 0.00363 (30)
Dc = 14.5 + 0.1089
Dc = 14.6 lb/gal at 70° F (21° C)

TESTING PROCEDURES
Hydrometer Correction Factors 1

Correction Factor Density
(lb/gal per ° F) (lb/gal @ 70° F)
0.00284 8.5
0.00291 9.0
0.00297 9.5
0.00302 10.0
0.00307 10.5
0.00313 11.0
0.00318 11.5
0.00324 12.0
0.00330 12.5
0.00337 13.0
0.00344 13.5
0.00353 14.0
0.00363 14.5
0.00374 15.0
0.00386 15.5
0.00400 16.0
0.00416 16.5
0.00434 17.0
0.00454 17.5
0.00476 18.0
0.00501 18.5
0.00528 19.0
1
API RP 13J, 3rd Edition, December 2003

TESTING PROCEDURES
It is important to read and use all of the num-
bers on the scale of the hydrometer when
making density calculations. Omitting a num-
ber can make a significant difference. The scale
is read as follows:
1800 Each mark has a

value of .002. The
first mark below
1.800 is read
as 1.802. The fifth
mark is 1.810, the
seventh mark is
20 1.814, etc. To calcu-
late the density,
1.826 multiply the reading
on the hydrometer
times 8.334.
40
1.850
60
80
1.882
1900
Etc.
TESTING PROCEDURES
M-I SWACO Completion Fluids

Hydrometer Ranges
Hydrometer Specific Density
Range Gravity (lb/gal)
1.000–1.200 1.0–1.2 8.33– 9.99
1.200–1.400 1.2–1.4 9.99–11.66
1.400–1.600 1.4–1.6 11.66–13.33
1.600–1.800 1.6–1.8 13.33–14.99
1.800–2.000 1.8–2.0 14.99–16.66
2.000–2.200 2.0–2.2 16.66–18.33
2.200–2.400 2.2–2.4 18.33–19.99
Note: These are approximate hydrometer

ranges. Depending on the manufacturer, the
scale may overlap into the next higher range,
i.e., 1.200 to 1.420 or 1.400 to 1.620. The
scale on the hydrometer may not have a
decimal
point, so a reading of 1200 indicates an SG of 1.2.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Submitting Samples to
Technical Center Laboratories
This procedure applies to submitting samples
for testing at the Technical Center in
Houston, Texas.
References
• Sample Submission Form, current version
found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com (R&E)
• CFR 49, Section 172, accessible at
www.pgoaccess.gov\ecfr
• QHSE Manual, current version found at
midhouhq-www01.corp.smith-intl.com (QHSE)
Safety
• Include MSDS with sample. Label and package
according to DOT.
Procedure for submitting and
packaging a sample
First you must obtain a copy of the sample sub-
mission from the Web site, or use a copy of the
attached form. You can either send in a hard
copy or send it in electronically. This form helps
the various departments follow the progress of
your sample.
Then package your sample, include an
MSDS, and send it to the following address:
M-I SWACO, 5950 North Course Dr., Houston,
Texas, 77072. Remember to send it to the atten-
tion of the Completion Fluids Laboratory. Please
include a note with a brief description of the
sample, where it’s from, what testing is required,
and a contact name and phone number.

TESTING PROCEDURES
Package and label sample according to com-
pany, shipper and DOT requirements. Section
14 of the M-I SWACO MSDS includes the DOT
clas- sification. The packaging of samples is for
the most part common sense. Do not package
oil samples in plastic containers. Oil-base
products will dissolve plastic, this includes
bottles and bags. Never label oil samples with
grease pens. Package the sample with some
thought and it will arrive in one piece with the
labels readable.
Environmental samples require special
handling, depending on the test that is required.
TESTING PROCEDURES
Name of submitter:
M-I SWACO entity or Non-M-I

SWACO company:
Location:
Phone number and E-mail:
Date submitted:
Report date requested:
Report to:
Lab master number:
Sample identification: (Provide as full and

comprehensive information as is
available)
Objective description of problem:
What question(s) do you wish to have

answered about the sample submitted?
(Please be clear and objective)

TESTING PROCEDURES
Type of report required:
Data only: (Define data requested)
Data and discussion: (Define data required

and specific issues/questions to address)
Justification for report deadline requested:
What will you do with the report? (Will it be

provided to end-use customer? Is it for
internal use?, etc.)
Special handling information:
Is sample toxic?
# Yes # No
Please note that every field, with the

exceptions of the Lab Master Number and
contract acceptance must be completed
when received for the request to be
accepted in a timely manner.
Sample fate:
1. Return (will be made to location
address above unless advised
otherwise):
2. Dispose of:
3. Retain for additional testing:

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
RDF TESTING PROCEDURES
Go To Table of
Methylene Blue Capacity

Description
The methylene blue capacity of drilling fluid is
an indication of the amount of reactive clays
(bentonite and/or drill solids) present as deter-
mined by the Methylene Blue Test (MBT). The
methylene blue capacity provides an estimate
of the total Cation Exchange Capacity (CEC)
of the drilling-fluid solids. Methylene blue
capacity and cation exchange capacity are not
necessarily equivalent, the former normally
being somewhat less than the actual cation
exchange capacity.
Methylene blue solution is added to a sam-
ple of drilling fluid (which has been treated
with hydrogen peroxide and acidified) until
saturation is noted by formation of a dye
“halo” around a drop of solids suspension
placed on filter paper. Variations of the
procedure used on the drilling fluid can be
performed on drill solids and commercial
bentonite to allow an estimate of the amount
of each type of solid present in the fluid.
Drilling fluids frequently contain substances
in addition to reactive clays that adsorb methyl-
ene blue. Pretreatment with hydrogen peroxide
(see Procedure, Item b) is intended to remove
the effect of organic materials such as lignosul-
fonates, lignites, cellulosic polymers, polyacry-
lates, and the like.
Equipment
The following equipment is needed to perform
the methylene blue test:

a. Methylene blue solution: 3.2 grams
reagent grade methylene blue
(C16H18N3SCl)/L
(1 cm3 = 0.01 milliequivalent) (CAS #61-73-4).
Note: The moisture content of reagent grade

methylene blue must be determined each time
the solution is prepared. Dry a 1.000-gram por-
tion of methylene blue to a constant weight at
200° ±5° F (93° ±3° C). Make the appropriate
correction in the weight of methylene blue to
be taken to prepare the solution as follows:
Weight of sample 3.2
to be taken g = weight of dried sample
b. Hydrogen peroxide: 3% solution
(CAS #7722-88-5)
c. Dilute sulfuric acid: approximately 5 newtons
d. Syringe (TD): 2.5 cm3 or 3 cm3
e. Erlenmeyer flask: 250 cm3
f. Burette (TD): 10 cm3, micropipette: 0.5 cm3,
or graduated micropipette: 1 cm3
g. Graduated cylinder (TD): 50 cm3
h. Stirring rod
i. Hot plate
j. Whatman No. 1 filter paper, or equivalent
Procedure
Follow this procedure to perform the MBT:
a. Add 2 cm3 of drilling fluid (or suitable volume
of drilling fluid to require from 2 to 10 cm3 of
methylene blue solution) to 10 cm3 of water
in the Erlenmeyer flask. To assure that
exactly 2 cm3 are being added, use the
following procedure:
1. The syringe should have a capacity of
more than 2 cm3 — generally 2 or 3 cm3.
By using a larger syringe, it is not
necessary
to remove the air trapped in the syringe.
2. The air or gas entrained in the drilling
fluid must be removed. Stir the drilling
fluid to break the gel and quickly draw the
drilling fluid into the syringe. Then, slowly
discharge the syringe back into the drilling
fluid, keeping the tip submerged.
3. Again, draw the drilling fluid into
the syringe until the end of the
plunger is at the last graduation on
the syringe (for example, at the 3-
cm3 line on a
3-cm3 syringe).
4. Deliver 2 cm3 of drilling fluid by pushing
the plunger until the end of the
plunger is exactly 2 cm3 from the last
graduation on the syringe. Thus, in a 3-
cm3 syringe, it would be at the 1-cm3
line.
b. Add 15 cm3 of 3% hydrogen peroxide and
0.5 cm3 of sulfuric acid. Boil gently for
10 min, but do not allow to boil to dryness.
Dilute to about 50 cm3 with water.
c. Add methylene blue to the flask in incre-
ments of 0.5 cm3. If the approximate
amount of methylene blue solution
necessary to reach the endpoint is known
from previous testing, larger increments (1
to 2 cm3) can be used at the beginning of
the titration. After each addition of
methylene blue solution, swirl the contents
of the flask for about 30 sec. While the
solids are still suspended, remove one drop
of liquid with the stirring rod and place the
drop on the filter paper. The initial endpoint
of the titration is

reached when dye appears as a blue or
turquoise ring surrounding the dyed solids.
d. When the blue tint spreading from the
spot is detected, shake the flask an
additional
2 min and place another drop on the filter
paper. If the blue ring is again evident, the
final endpoint has been reached. If the blue
ring does not appear, continue as before
(see Item C) until a drop taken after 2 min
shows the blue tint.
Calculation
Report the Methylene Blue Capacity (MBT) of
the drilling fluid, calculated as follows:
Methylene blue
=
capacity, cm3/cm3 Methylene blue, cm3
Drilling fluid, cm3
Alternately, the MBT can be reported as
pounds per barrel bentonite equivalent (based
on bentonite with a cation exchange capacity of
70 meq/100 grams) calculated as follows:
1. Bentonite
equivalent, lb/bbl = 5 (methylene blue, cm3)
Drilling fluid, cm3
2. Bentonite 2.85 (bentonite

equivalent, kg/m3g, = equivalent, lb/bbl)
Note: The pounds per barrel bentonite

equivalent (from Equations 1 or 2) is not
equal to the amount of commercial
bentonite in the drilling fluid. Reactive clays
in the drill solids contribute to this quantity
as well as commercial bentonite.
M-I SWACO Recommended

Procedures for Measuring
Low-Shear-Rate Viscosity (LSRV)
for FLOPRO Fluids
The following standardized procedures are rec-
ommended when measuring LSRV of a FLOPRO*
fluid. These procedures are designed to negate
artifacts produced from variances in test proce-
dure. Every effort should be made to use these
procedures in order to make valid comparisons
between wells.
Equipment
Testing will be made using the Brookfield^
LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III digital viscometer with
guard leg and cylindrical spindles (#1-4). The
LVDV-II+ is the most widely used viscometer.
The LVDV-III model has a wider speed selection
and also has a programmable feature neither
of which is necessary for FLOPRO applications.
The spindle viscosity ranges at .3 RPM using
the LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III are: #1 to 20,000 cP,
#2 to 100,000 cP, #3 to 400,000 cP and #4 to
2,000,000 cP.
When ordering a Brookfield viscometer
spec- ify LVDV-II+ or LVDV-III with cylindrical
spindles. The LV prefix designates the proper
spring torque for the viscosity ranges M-I
SWACO desires. A set of four appropriately
sized cylindrical spindles will be sent. Also
input voltage and frequency should be
indicated when ordering. The units are
available in 115, 220 or 230 volts AC and 50 or
60 Hertz frequency.
Other necessary equipment includes the
large OFI thermo cup (3∏-in. [82.6-mm] dia by
^Mark of Brookfield Engineering Laboratories, Inc.
4-in. [101.6-mm] deep) and a mixing device
to help heat the fluid sample evenly.
Location
Locate the Brookfield where a stable power sup-
ply is available. It should also be located where
vibrations from the rig are minimal. Rig vibra-
tions may contribute to inaccurately low LSRV
measurements. Dust may damage the electron-
ics or the bearings so a dust-free atmosphere
should be located.
Setup
Remove the viscometer from the case. Install
gear assembly on stand with rack and insert
Brookfield viscometer post in assembly and
tighten clamp screw. Level viscometer by rotat-
ing it slightly on the stand and/or by adjusting
feet. Use the bubble level on the top as a
guide.
Plug temperature probe into receptacle on
the back of the viscometer. Make sure power
switch on the rear of the viscometer is OFF. Plug
power cord into receptacle on the back of the
viscometer and plug into appropriate AC socket.
The AC input voltage and frequency must
be within the appropriate range as shown on
the name plate of the viscometer.
Note: The DV-II+ must be earth grounded to
ensure against electronic failure!
This is a delicate electronic instrument. Care
should be taken to avoid power surges and fre-
quency variations. Disconnect the viscometer
when not in use.
Pour the FLOPRO fluid to be tested to within a
half inch of the top of the Thermo cup and heat
to desired temperature. The fluid sample should
be tested at the same temperature as the other
rheological properties. The sample should be
stirred while heating to equalize the tempera-
ture throughout the sample. A Hamilton Beach
type mixer may be used. Stir at a slow rate to
avoid overshearing the fluid which may result
in polymer degradation. Avoid entrapping air
while stirring. Entrapped air will result in erro-
neous readings.
Initializing
While heating the sample, remove the rubber
band holding the viscometer shaft in place. The
viscometer uses a gem bearing and calibrated
spring. Avoid impact and twisting of the shaft.
Always replace the rubber band when not using
the viscometer.
Turn on the viscometer. The digital screen
will display the operations as the viscometer
autozeroes itself. The following screen descrip-
tions are for the LVDV-II+ viscometer, the most
widely used model.
When the power is on the screen will flash
“Brookfield DV-II+ LV Viscometer,” then “Version
3.0.” The screen then automatically changes to
“Remove spindle. Press any key.” Press any of
the yellow keys and the display changes to
“Autozeroing Viscometer.” After autozeroing the
screen will display “Replace spindle. Press any
key.” Select the appropriate cylindrical spindle
for the desired viscosity. Most applications will
use the number 2 spindle. Note the spindles are
marked on the neck.
Attach the spindle by threading it onto the
shaft. Note these are left-handed threads. Hold
the shaft in one hand to prevent damage to the
spring and bearing while tightening the spin-
dle. After tightening the spindle, press one of

the yellow buttons on the key pad. The default
display will appear on the screen.
Viscometer Display
The screen will look something like this:
% 0.0 S62
0.0 RPM 70.5° F
Values may vary according to what was last

used.
The upper left corner displays viscometer
readings these may be in the following units:
% Viscometer Torque (%)
cP Viscosity (cP or mPa)
SS Shear Stress (always 0 due to spindle
configuration)
SR Shear Rate (always 0 due to spindle con-
figuration)
The default units for the LVDV-II+ is %. The
value in the upper left corner should be <+1.0 %
when not in use. A value greater may indicate
damage to the bearing or spring.
M-I SWACO is using viscosity in cP
(centipoise) as the standard reading. To select the
appropriate units, press Select Display key until
the cP value appears. The SI unit mPa·s is
equivalent to cP (40,000 cP = 40,000 mPa·s).
The upper right hand value is the spindle
code. The code allows the viscometer to cor-
rectly calculate viscosity for a given spindle
geometry. The code for the #2 spindle is
S62 and for the #3 spindle it is S63. If the
correct code is not on the screen, press
Select Spindle key. The S will blink. Use the
orange up and down arrow keys to search for
the correct spindle code. When the correct
code is found, press
the Select Spindle key and this code
will become the default code.
This viscometer can test viscosity at .3, .5, .6,
1.0, 1.5, 2, 2.5, 3, 6, 10, 12, 20, 30, 50, 60 and 100
RPM. To set the speed, press the orange arrow
keys until the desired speed appears to the right
of RPM. M-I SWACO is doing all testing at .3
RPM. When the proper value appears press the
set speed key. Note: The viscometer is now
running, press the Motor ON/OFF key to
stop
the viscometer, but hold the desired
speed in memory.
The value in the lower right is temperature
as noted by the temperature probe.
The viscometer is now ready for running
a test.
Note: In order to have SI units displayed,
hold the Auto Range key while turning on
the viscometer. To get temperature in ° C
hold the Select Display key while turning on
the power.
Testing
After setting up the viscometer and heating the
sample to test temperature a test can be per-
formed. Centralize the Thermo cup beneath
the viscometer. Boundary effects caused by
eccen- tric placement may alter LSRV readings.
Make sure the guard leg is in place to
avoid damage to the spindle, bearings and
spring. Lower the viscometer until the recess
in the spindle shaft is at the top of the fluid.
While lowering the viscometer hold up under
the front to prevent excessive vibration.
Set a timer for three minutes and turn on
the viscometer motor with the Motor
ON/OFF button. Take viscosity readings at 1
min, 2 min and 3 min while the viscometer is
running.
These values should be labeled LSRV1, LSRV2
and LSRV3, respectively. Part of the first minute
will involve torquing the spring. Generally the
fluid will reach its maximum viscosity within
the 3-min time. The 3-min reading may actually
be less than the 2-min reading. If the 3-min
reading is less than the 2-min reading the
spindle is probably slipping as it “drills a hole”
in the fluid.
After the test, turn off the viscometer and
raise the spindle above the fluid.
Cleanup
Turn off the viscometer. Remove the spindle,
then the guard leg. Wash them thoroughly.
Replace the guard leg and reinstall the rubber
band on the shaft. Keep the viscometer away
from water and dust and unplug it when not in
use to avoid power surges.
Calibration
Calibration fluids are available from Brookfield
and their agents. The viscometer should be
calibrated regularly. The procedures are
outlined in the “Brookfield Digital Viscometer
Operating Instructions Manual,” which is
included with the viscometer. This manual
also contains more detailed information not
discussed here.
Summary
The M-I SWACO standard LSRV test for FLOPRO
fluids is outlined in the following steps.
1. Use Brookfield LVDV-II+ viscometer at .3 RPM.
2. Use spindle 2 for LSRV <100,000 cP, spindle
3 for LSRV >100,000 cP.
3. Test sample at same temperature as
other flow properties.
4. Use OFI 3∏-in. (82.6-mm) diameter
thermo cup.
5. Run test with guard leg in place.
6. Take LSRV readings at 1-min intervals over
3 min. Run viscometer throughout 3-min
time period.
DIAL READING * FACTOR = Brookfield viscosity
in cP (mPa).

Field Test Procedure

for Drill Solids
Determination
Required equipment and material
• Top loading balance
• Hot plate with magnetic stirrer
• API filter press and accessories
• 250-mL beaker
Required chemicals
• 15% Hydrochloric Acid (HCl) — use with
caution
• Defoamer
1. Weigh equivalent of 35 mL of mud
into 250-mL beaker.
2. Add several drops of defoamer.
3. Add stirring bar to beaker and place on
stirrer at slow speed.
4. Slowly add 50 mL of 15% HCl, don’t let
sample foam over. This might take a few
minutes.
5. After all HCl has been added, place on hot
plate and bring to boil (this will break down
the polymer so the sample will filter). (For
fluids using NaCl as the bridging material,
add 50 mL of water to dissolve the bridging
material.)
6. Weigh API Whatman 50 filter paper.
7. Cool sample and add to API filter
cell. Filter sample.
8. Take out filter paper with solids and
put in oven until dry.
9. Weigh and record weight of filter
paper with solids.
10. Subtract original weight of filter paper (step
#6) from final weight of filter paper with
solids (step #9). This is reported as drill
solids.
Calculations
For 35 mL of mud (1/10 bbl equivalent):
• Weight of solid residue x 10 = lb/bbl of
drill solids (Note: 9.1 lb/bbl of drill solids
= 1% by volume of drill solids)

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 7
DISPLACEMENT TECHNOLOGY
7.
DISPL
ACEME
NT
TECHN
OLOGY
Go To Table of
Drilling Mud to Brine Displacements

For a mud-to-brine displacement to be suc-
cessful, certain basic criteria must be met.
The casing in the hole should be cleaned of
mud. The completion fluid in the hole should
cleanup quickly with common filtration prac-
tices. The emulsified, dirty (requiring disposal)
or trash fluid coming out of the hole should
be minimized.
A guide for the cleanliness of the casing is
to determine the degree of mud removal from
the drill pipe when it is pulled from the hole
following the displacement. Completion fluid
clarity can be judged by a Nephelometric
Turbidity Unit (NTU), a relative light-scattering
method, or Total Suspended Solids (TSS), which
is quan- titative. How quickly the desired NTU
or TSS levels are achieved, if at all, after
displacement is one measure of displacement
success. The volume of fluid lost to emulsified
interface or solids contamination can be
gauged to measure relative success based on
pre-job determinations.
The indicators of criteria for success are
variable, depending upon the goals of the
completion and the conditions of the
wellbore. In one set of conditions, a
displacement may succeed if the NTU after one
circulation is <100; under another set of
conditions, a NTU >40 is an indicator that the
displacement did not attain its goal. In one
case, 80 bbl of contaminated brine may reflect
good practice; in another, 40 bbl may be
unacceptable.
7·1
Go To Table of
Displacement Techniques
Displacements are designated according to the
direction in which they are pumped and the
fluid which follows the chemical spacers into
the hole.
In the Forward technique, displacing fluids
are pumped down the workstring and up the
casing annulus and pump pressure is applied
to the workstring. In the Reverse technique,
displacing fluids are pumped down the
casing annulus and up the workstring and
pump pressure is applied to the annulus.
In the Direct method, drilling mud is dis-
placed by cleaning spacers followed by
completion fluid. In the Indirect method,
drilling mud is displaced by cleaning spacers or
available water (seawater or drill water)
followed by a hole-volume of available water.
Only later is the available water displaced out
of the hole by completion fluid. The Balanced
method is one type of direct displacement. In
it, the spacers are weighted to balance the
density of the mud so that differential
pressures (between hydrostatic and
formation or liner top test) are minimized
during pumping of the displacement.
The Staged method is a seldom-used but
important technique in which the wellbore
is displaced in stages, the upper portion
first, usually indirectly, followed by the
remaining lower portions.
Spacer Type
Displacements of mud to brine are
performed using chemical spacers that are
intended to remove all remnants of the mud
from casing and tubulars. Muds are typically
categorized as Oil-Base (OBM), Synthetic-Base
(SBM) and
7·2
Go To Table of
Water-Base (WBM). Spacers used to breakdown
and remove these three mud systems differ in
their chemical composition.
Water is the best solvent for WBM. A high-
pH solution of caustic soda in drill water or
seawater is very effective at destroying the
integrity of WBM. A surfactant (SAFE-SURF*
W or WN) in drill water or seawater can be
used to further clean the pipe and water-wet
the pipe surface. A viscous pill is often used to
sweep mud solids and debris out of the hole.
Some combination of similarly designed
spacers will suffice to clean the hole of water-
base mud, always in conjunction with best
displacement practices.
OBM and SBM are more complex systems
and more difficult to remove from pipe sur-
faces. Oil is the best solvent for removing either
of these systems, but at some point a chemical
transition must be made to water-wet the pipe
surface. M-I SWACO recommends initiating this
aqueous transition immediately following the
base oil pre-flush. This spacer, called the tran-
sition spacer, must be based on chemistry that
is compatible with the mud, the base oil and
the cleaning or wash spacer that follows.
Compatibility tests performed prior to the dis-
placement determine the composition of this
transition spacer and confirm that massive or
complex emulsions will not form at the inter-
faces of the displaced and displacing fluids.
Cleaning or wash spacers follow the transi-
tion spacers in sequence. They are also more
difficult to determine for OBM and SBM than
for WBM. Surfactants (SAFE-SURF O, E or
NS) and solvents (SAFE-SOLV* OM, E or 148)
are less
7·3 Go To Table of
effective at cooler temperatures, such as might
be seen at a deepwater mudline or even in a
shallow well. Higher concentrations of
surfactant and solvent are required for
removing higher weight OBM and SBM than
for removing lower weight muds. Also
combinations of surfactant and solvent will
exhibit differing effects when cleaning OBM or
SBM. Synthetic muds are generally more
tenacious about gripping the pipe surface.
Laboratory tests should be run to determine the
effectiveness of these spacers prior to per-
forming a displacement of OBM or SBM.
M-I SWACO OBM and SBM displacement
recommendations typically consist of a
weighted, viscous transition spacer, one or two
cleaning spacers (of solvent/surfactant
combined or individually) and a viscous
separation spacer. Regardless of mud type,
following the separation spacer one drum of
flocculant (FILTER FLOC*) in 100 bbl seawater
or brine is often used to help carry solids to the
surface. If the flocculant
is added to brine in a direct displacement,
the brine can be directed to the return pit
with the rest of the active brine system.
Spacer Size
The lead or transition spacer in an OBM or
SBM displacement should be sized to eliminate
the intermixing of the fluids ahead of and
behind it. (This is less of a critical issue in WBM
displacements, but the same design
techniques apply.) Conventional practice defines
this interval as 500 to 1,500 ft (150 to 450 m)
of coverage in
the largest annular area, depending upon the
unique experience of the design engineer.
However, if two wells are compared, both with
95⁄8-in. (244-mm) casing and 4-in. (102-mm)
drill
7·4 Go To Table of
pipe, one 8,000 ft (2,440 m) deep and the
other 20,000 ft (6,100 m) deep, conventional
practice suggests these two wellbores require
identically sized transition spacers. M-I
SWACO recommends the transition spacer
be sized based on the well capacity, typically
10% of the total annular volume. This
accounts for annular size as well as well
depth. In this case, the 8,000-ft (2,438.4-m)
well will have a 25 to 50 bbl (4 to
8 m3) transition spacer while the 20,000-ft
(6,096-m) well will have a 75 to 100 bbl (12 to
16 m3) transition spacer. For logistical conven-
ience, the spacer size is rounded up or down
to fit portable storage tanks, if necessary.
The size of the cleaning spacer should be
determined by the total surface area to be
cleaned, contact time and flow rate required for
cleaning and concentration of wash chemical.
It has been estimated that the average mud film
on the casing and tubing wall is between 1⁄64-
and 1⁄32-in. (0.4- and 0.8-mm) thick. The volume
of this mud film can be calculated based on the
size and length of the drill pipe and casing.
Since cleaning spacers will become contami-
nated with mud over the course of the
displacement, a well-designed cleaning spacer
will have a concentration great enough to
provide effective chemical activity in the latter
stages of
the displacement. A basic design begins with
enough spacer volume and wash chemical
concentration to account for mud
contamination up to 25%.
Based on this criteria, M-I SWACO
recommends cleaning spacers sized at a
minimum of 4 times the estimated volume
of mud film on the total area of tubing and
casing, or,
7·5 Go To Table of
enough concentration to effectively clean when
contaminated with mud at 25% volume. If that
volume/concentration is sufficient to achieve
the necessary contact time for effective clean-
ing at the displacement pump rate, no size/con-
centration adjustment is required. However, if
pre-job spacer testing indicates more contact
time or concentration is needed, spacer size/
concentration should be adjusted accordingly.
Factors that may cause a further increase
of cleaning spacer size are: dead space in
blending pits and lines, inability to rotate
and/or recipro- cate, inability to get the
cleaning spacer in turbulent flow in part of
the wellbore or poor mud conditioning
(especially stagnant mud in high-
temperature conditions).
Pump Rate and Flow Regime
Pump rate for a mud-to-brine displacement
should be maintained between two limits.
The minimum limit is that rate required to
achieve turbulent flow in the cleaning spacer.
The maximum limit is that pump rate which
lowers the contact time of the cleaning
spacer below the acceptable level as
determined by prior lab testing.
It is generally recognized that the
cleaning spacer will be most effective when
it is in turbulent flow. Turbulence is usually
attributed to a surfactant-based Newtonian
fluid with a Reynolds’ Number (NRe) >4,000
(2,200 <4,000
being transitional flow). Experience in displace-
ment implementation suggests using a
higher lower-limit in design criteria, often on
the order of NRe ~ 6,000 to 8,000 if
possible. Factors which determine the NRe
of a fluid are its density, Apparent Viscosity
(AV), velocity and area
7·6 Go To Table of
of flow. NRe is inversely proportional to the
fluid viscosity. Since cleaning spacers are non-
viscous, a high NRe can usually be achieved
with relative ease.
Spacer Chemicals
Spacers are designed using surfactants, sol-
vents, viscosifiers and flocculants. M-I SWACO
has developed a line of displacement spacer
products that are designed to promote
wellbore cleaning while minimizing rig time and
material waste. This product line is called the
SAFE* Series.
Surfactants — SAFE-SURF W, WN and
NS are surfactant blends intended for use in
removing water-base mud residues. All are
designed for use in freshwater or seawater
and contain strong water-wetting surfactants.
The pH of these blends varies from very high
(W) to near neutral (WN).
SAFE-SURF O, E and NS are formulated for
removal of OBM and SBM. These surfactants
can be blended in freshwater or seawater and
are effective when blended in salt brine. pH
ranges from very low (O) to moderately high (E).
The products are formulated to satisfy differing
regulatory requirements in various parts of the
world. Surfactants are used at 3 to 20% by
volume in spacer solutions.
Solvents — SAFE-SOLV E, OM and 148
are solvent/surfactant blends intended for use
in OBM and SBM displacements. They contain
no aromatic hydrocarbons or toxic alkyl
phenols. These solvents are used in
displacement spacers at percentages between
3 and 35% and are pumped neat when used to
pickle pipe for pipe-dope removal. SAFE-T-
PICKLE* is a special
7·7
Go To Table of
solvent developed for removal of pipe dope.
SAFE-T-PICKLE is run as a neat solvent.
Viscosifiers — M-I SWACO prefers the use
of shear-thinning polymers when possible in
mud displacements. DUO-VIS*, DUO-VIS L, FLO-
VIS*L and FLO-VIS PLUS are xanthan polymer
systems that are used to build viscous spacers.
DUO-VIS is unclarified xanthan, FLO-VIS L is liquid
clarified xanthan and FLO-VIS PLUS is coated,
clarified powder. The proper product is
selected based on well conditions and
completion goals.
SAFE-VIS*, SAFE-VIS OGS, SAFE-VIS LE,
SAFE-VIS E and SAFE-VIS HDE are HEC
polymer systems also used to viscosify
displacement spacers. SAFE-VIS is dry powder,
OGS is pre- slurried in a synthetic carrier that
passes oil and grease and static sheen tests
required in the Gulf of Mexico and HDE is pre-
slurried in a synthetic carrier to enable
viscosification of
high-density brine. SAFE-VIS is typically recom-
mended at 3.5 lb/bbl (10 kg/m3). SAFE-VIS
OGS, LE and E are used between 0.75 to 1.5
gal/bbl (19 to 38 kg/m3). SAFE-VIS HDE is
recommended between 3 and 5 gal/bbl (63 and
105 kg/m3).
Flocculants — SAFE-FLOC* I and FILTER
FLOC are used to flocculate dispersed solids
and to help bring solids to the surface. SAFE-
FLOC I is often used in brine reclamations or
added on location when dissolved iron creates
a clarity problem in the completion brine. It can
be added at 0.25 to 1% by volume to the
working brine system to help coagulate and
then flocculate colloidal iron. FILTER FLOC is
most often included in the first 100 bbl (16 m3)
of seawater or brine that follows the
displacement spacer sequence
7·8 Go To Table of
into the hole. This helps bring suspended
solids to the surface where they can be
filtered out of the working system.
Mechanical Aids
Mechanical aids consist of those elements
which are neither chemical nor hydraulic,
such as mud conditioning, pipe rotation and
reciprocation and cleaning tools.
Mud conditioning may be the most under-
stated stage of the displacement process. Mud
properties, i.e., PV and YP, should be reduced
to minimum values prior to displacement. In
most displacement applications, a few
additional hours spent properly conditioning
the mud can save an extra day of hole cleaning.
Guidelines are available for rate of rotation
during circulation and displacement. Pipe rota-
tion is critical for hole cleaning in hole angles
>30°. Reciprocation also helps disturb mud
adhering to the pipe wall. It is generally recom-
mended that pipe reciprocation be performed
during mud circulation and during the displace-
ment only after the spacers have entered the
casing annulus. To keep fluid flowing on-bottom
during displacement, reciprocation should be
limited to one joint of pipe, rather than one
stand, during that time.
Casing cleaning tools are an integral com-
ponent of mud displacement. The M-I SWACO
SPEEDWELL division provides casing brushes
and scrapers, jetting tools, magnets and boot
baskets that are put in-string during the
casing clean-out. Refer to the SPEEDWELL
tools section in this manual.
7·9 Go To Table of
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 8
VISCOSIFIERS AND FLUID-LOSS CONTROL
8.
VISC
OSIFIE
RS
AND
FLUID-
LOSS
Go To Table of
Loss of completion fluids to permeable forma-
tions will usually impair the production of
hydrocarbons. Increasing water saturation, scal-
ing and emulsion formation are examples of
formation damage that can occur. Furthermore,
if the rate of losses during the completion
process is too great, continuing with operations
such as tripping in and out of the hole may not
be possible. As a result, controlling fluid losses
is an important consideration when designing
and carrying out the completion. Whereas both
mechanical and chemical means of controlling
losses are available, in many cases, mechanical
means are either impractical or simply not suit-
able. Therefore, fluid losses are very often con-
trolled by chemical means, i.e., spotting ‘pills’
of one sort or another. An important
feature of these pills is that they control
losses with the least possible damage to
the productivity of the well.
Reducing the density of the completion fluid
to lessen the differential pressure between the
wellbore and the formation is an effective
means of reducing the rate of losses. However,
adjusting the brine density requires an accurate
knowledge of both the Bottomhole Pressure
(BHP) and the hydrostatic pressure exerted by
the brine. The density of the completion fluid
is selected to provide a certain overbalance
pressure in the wellbore, often 200 to 300 psi
(13.8 to 20.7 bar). In deep, hot wellbores, little
margin of error is available. Consequently, den-
sity reduction is often not allowed unless reli-
able data is provided that can assure that a
density-cut is an acceptable option.
8·1 Go To Table of
Pills commonly used to control downhole
losses include, solids-free viscous pills, cross-
linked polymer pills and those containing solu-
ble, sized bridging particles such as calcium
carbonate or sodium chloride. Unlike the cross-
linked and filter-cake building systems, solids-
free viscous pills do not stop losses, but rather,
reduce the rate of loss. The effectiveness of a
viscous pill depends on the length and
permeability of the thief zone, the differential
pressure, the viscosity of the pill under
downhole conditions and just as important,
the quality of its preparation. To be truly solids-
free and to be as non-damaging as possible,
viscous pills should be sheared and filtered
(minimum 10 micron absolute) to eliminate
“fish eyes” that will act as plugging solids and
make breakers and cleanup techniques much
less effective.
Typically, these viscous pills are prepared
with a polymer that is soluble in the
completion fluid, provides viscoelastic
behavior, maintains viscosity under downhole
conditions and can be “broken” with
available breakers such as acids, enzymes and
oxidizers. The most common examples
include Hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC), and
Xanthan Gum (XC). In all cases, the high-
purity, clarified versions of these polymers
should be used. Lower grade versions of HEC
and XC, or non-clarified systems such as
many of the guar gums and carboxy-
celluloses, are generally not recommended.
M-I SWACO offers high-purity polymer
systems within the
SAFE-VIS (HEC) and FLO-VIS (XC) product lines.
Synthetic polymers that are neither acid soluble
or acid compatible are not recommended unless
extreme conditions warrant such use.
8·2 Go To Table of
Cross-linked pills offered by M-I SWACO
(SAFE-LINK*) are based on a derivatized HEC
in which anionic functional groups are
grafted onto the polymer backbone and
cross-linked with Magnesium Oxide. The
cross-linking causes the polymer to form a 3-
dimensional network which produces a gel
structure with the consistency a thick
gelatin. Similar cross- linked systems are
available in the industry, some of which are
mixed on the rig, requiring special blending
units and a trained technician to properly
prepare. The SAFE-LINK systems are pre
cross-linked in base brine and supplied to
the rig in 5-gal (18.9 L) buckets. No special
blenders or training is required to mix these
pills. The SAFE-LINK gel is simply added to a
viscous HEC pill or to the base brine,
stirred (not sheared) and pumped. SAFE-LINK
pills are supplied with densities from 11 to
16 lb/gal (1.32
to 1.92 SG).
When the solids-free, linear gel or cross-
linked pills are ineffective, pills that form an
external filter cake are required. Only soluble
bridging agents such as calcium carbonate or
sodium chloride should be used in these appli-
cations. The particle size distribution of the
solids in these pills is selected to bridge either
on the surface of the formation (OPTIBRIDGE*
pills) or on the inside surface of the production
screen (SEAL-N-PEEL* pills). These systems
require knowledge of the screen type and/or
formation pore size. In addition to the base
brine and the sized particles, such solids-
containing pills use shear thinning polymers
with good low-shear-rate viscosity to carry and
suspend the solids and a soluble binding agent
8·3
Go To Table of
to form a low-permeable matrix in combina-
tion with the solids. Xanthan gum and starch
are the most common examples of these addi-
tives. Because these pills form a filter cake of
extremely low permeability, and in some cases,
form an impermeable “plug” in a perforation
tunnel, they can be more difficult to clean up
than their solids-free counterparts and usually
require a post-placement cleanup treatment.
On the other hand, SEAL-N-PEEL pills seal
on the production screen surface with
very little matrix invasion and contain
surface tension reducing agents that allow
the filter cake to “peel” from the surface
with minimal draw- down pressure.
HEC
Hydroxyethylcellulose (HEC) is a nonionic,
ethyl ether derivative of cellulose. It is the
most common polymer used to viscosify
clear brine completion fluids. It is the only
polymer soluble in all standard, non-formate
completion fluids, regardless of density. Dry
HEC polymer must be added slowly when
used to viscosity brine; otherwise the brine
immediately wets the surface of the polymer
before it has a chance to disperse. This leaves
a dry inner core surrounded by a hydrated
outer layer (fish eyes) that is nearly
impossible to hydrate further and must be
filtered. Shearing and filtering is
recommended when preparing HEC pills,
especially if the pill is to be used for fluid-loss
control.
Adding dry HEC to concentrated brine will
usually require heat to fully hydrate and to
develop complete viscosity profile. The amount
of heat required to easily hydrate HEC in high
8·4
Go To Table of
density brine is a function of the total salt in
solution, the amount of HEC added, the shear
rate of the mix and the total time. A general
rule of thumb for fluid systems above about
12 lb/gal (1.44 SG) is 120° to 140° F (48.8° to
60° C), mixed for 6 to 10 hrs under high shear.
Operationally, this means circulating the fluid
through a centrifugal pump until the temper-
ature is reached, slowly adding the polymer
and continuing to circulate for 6 to 10 hrs or
until the viscosity no longer increases with
additional mixing. In order to minimize the
formation of “fish eyes,” it is important to add
polymer slowly and ensure that all lumps of dry
HEC are completely desegregated before
adding.
HEC is completely acid soluble. The pre-
mium grades produce less than 0.1 wt % residue
after exposure to HCl. HEC pills can be “broken”
with HCl and organic acids and mild oxidizers.
HEC can be stabilized at temperatures
greater than 250° F (121.1° C), depending on
the base brine. Contact your M-I SWACO
representative for recommendations.
SAFE-VIS
SAFE-VIS is a high-grade, clarified HEC polymer.
It is a glyoxylated form of HEC with an average
molecular weight of approximately 1,000,000
daltons. This glyoxyl coating retards hydration
until either time, temperature or solution pH
(above about 7) strips the coating from the
surface. This retardation allows a more
controlled and full hydration. SAFE-VIS is used
to viscosify freshwater, seawater or brine fluids
used in workover and completion operations.
SAFE-VIS is normally added at concentrations
of 2 to
8·5
Go To Table of
4 lb/bbl (0.9 to 1.8 kg/bbl) for viscous pills
and 0.1 to 0.5 lb/bbl (0.05 to 0.23 kg/bbl)
for drag reduction.
SAFE-VIS is packaged in 50-lb (22.7-
kg) multi-wall, waterproof sacks.
SAFE-VIS HDE
SAFE-VIS HDE liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in water-soluble
carrier. It is specially formulated for high den-
sity CaCl2, CaCl2/CaBr2, CaBr2, CaBr2, CaCl2/
CaBr2/ZnBr2 and most other divalent brines.
Treatments usually range between 2 to 5
gal/bbl (7.6 to 18.9 L/bbl) of completion fluid.
Special mixing procedures are required for
ZnBr2
fluids in the 15 to 16.5 lb/gal (1.8 to 1.98
SG) density range.
SAFE-VIS HDE is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L)
plastic cans. SAFE-VIS HDE contains 4.5 lb
(2.04 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.
SAFE-VIS OGS
SAFE-VIS OGS liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in a water dis-
persible, synthetic carrier. SAFE-VIS OGS liquid
viscosifier is specially formulated to pass Oil
and Grease, LC50 and Static Sheen Test
requirements for offshore GoM use. The
product vis- cosifies single salt CaCl2 and CaBr2
brines
and all monovalent-salt brines. Treatments
usually range between 0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9
to 5.7 L/bbl) of completion fluid.
SAFE-VIS OGS is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L)
plastic cans. SAFE-VIS OGS contains 16.5 to 17 lb
(7.5 to 7.7 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.
8·6
Go To Table of
SAFE-VIS LE
SAFE-VIS LE liquid viscosifier is a suspension of
high-quality HEC polymer in a highly purified
mineral oil carrier (UK OCNS category “D” rat-
ing). SAFE-VIS LE is designed to viscosify single-
salt CaCl2 brines and all monovalent-salt
halide brines. Treatments usually range
between 0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9 to 5.7 L/bbl)
of completion fluids.
SAFE-VIS LE is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L) plas-
tic cans. SAFE-VIS LE contains 16.5 to 17 lb (7.5 to
7.7 kg) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.
SAFE-VIS E
SAFE-VIS E liquid viscosifier is a suspension
of high-quality HEC polymer in a highly
purified mineral oil carrier. SAFE-VIS E is
designed to viscosify single-salt CaCl2
brines and all monovalent-salt halide
brines. Treatments usually range between
0.5 to 1.5 gal/bbl (1.9 to 5.7 L/bbl) of
completion fluids.
SAFE-VIS E is packaged in 5-gal (18.9-L) plastic
cans. SAFE-VIS E contains 16.5 to 17 lb (1.9 to
5.7 L/bbl) HEC per 5-gal (18.9-L) can.
8·7 Go To Table of
HEC Mixing Procedures

I. Rigsite preparation for HEC fluid-
loss pills using SAFE-VIS1 (25-bbl
high-vis pill with 4-lb/bbl [1.8-
kg/bbl] HEC
as example)
1. Prepare a 25-bbl viscous fluid-loss pill approx-
imately 24 hrs prior to needing to pump the
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid-
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC.
2. Prepare a pill as follows:
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered brine into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 2 bags SAFE-VIS HEC and add to
brine through the hopper slowly (10 to 20
min per bag).
5. Mix at high speed and shear pill
through pump and hopper.
6. Adjust pH to 8 to 9 with caustic soda (NaOH).
7. As pill begins to thicken, check Fann 35
rheology. Shear until readings level off for
several samples (6/3 RPM readings should be
at least 80% of 200/150 at room
temperature).
8. Filter pill through 10-micron filter cartridges
into pit not used for mixing pill.
9. Pill is now ready to pump. Allow it to set
until needed, continued blending should
not be required.
1
SAFE-VIS Dry HEC should only be used for freshwater and under-
saturated brines such as seawater or saltwater less than about
9 lb/gal (1.1 SG) density. SAFE-VIS HEC powder is coated with a pH
sensitive anti-dispersing agent that allows its addition to freshwater
or under-saturated brine without its premature hydration which
leads to the formation of fish eyes. This coating is stripped off the
polymer above a pH of 7, after which, hydration is rapid.
8·8
Go To Table of
Example rheology listed below:
6 rpm 170 @ 72° F

3 rpm 140 @ 72° F
II. Rigsite preparation for HEC pills

using SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE Liquid
HEC1 (25-bbl high-vis pill with 4-
lb/bbl [1.8-kg/bbl] HEC as
example)
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid-
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered brine into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 6 buckets of SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE and
thoroughly stir the contents of each
bucket.
5. Dump all buckets through the hopper (1 to 2
min per can). If unable to add all cans
through hopper, add cans directly into pit as
close to agitator blades as possible.
6. Shear pill through pump and hopper.
temperature).
not be required.
1
SAFE-VIS E/OGS/LE Liquid HEC should only be used for brines with a
significant amount of “free water.” Fully saturated brines are not
easily viscosified with non-water-soluble, liquid S AFE-VIS products.
High shear and/or heat is required when viscosifying saturated
brines with these products.
8·9 Go To Table of
6 rpm 170 @ 72° F

3 rpm 140 @ 72° F
III. Rig site preparation for HEC

pills using SAFE-VIS HDE liquid
HEC1 (25-bbl high-vis pill with
4-lb/bbl [1.8-kg/bbl] HEC as
example)
pill. The recommended pill loading for fluid
loss control is 4-lb/bbl (1.8-kg/bbl) HEC.
3. Transfer 25-bbl filtered high density
brine into Mixing Pit.
4. Open 20 buckets of SAFE-VIS HDE and
thoroughly stir the contents of each
bucket.
5. Dump all buckets through the hopper as
quickly as possible (5 to 10 sec per can). If
unable to add all cans through hopper,
add cans directly into pit as close to
agitator blades as possible.
6. Shear pill through pump and hopper.
temperature).
not be required.
1
SAFE-VIS HDE Liquid HEC can be for any brine and does not require
excess shear or heat. SAFE-VIS HDE contains 4.5-lb (2-kg) HEC per
5- gal (18.9-L) bucket.
6 rpm 170 @ 72° F

3 rpm 140 @ 72° F
Cross-Linked HEC Pills

SAFE-LINK 110 and 140
SAFE-LINK fluid-loss pills are comprised of a
chemically modified HEC polymer, cross-linked
with high pH. SAFE-LINK pills are used to control
loss of clear brine fluid to the formation by
applying a very viscous material across the for-
mation face, virtually stopping the flow of brine
into the formation. SAFE-LINK pills are designed
to work in seawater, NaCl, NaBr, KCl, CaCl2,
CaBr2, and ZnBr2 brine ranging from 8.6 to
about 16 lb/gal (1.92 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 110
weighs 11 lb/gal (1.32 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 140
weighs 14 lb/gal (1.68 kg/L). SAFE-LINK 160
weighs 16 lb/gal (1.92 kg/L). SAFE-LINK is
degradable by hydrochloric acid, acetic acid,
formic acid and temperatures greater than
250° F (121.1° C), however, these pills can be
stabilized to temperatures greater than 250° F
(121.1° C) with proprietary stabilizing agents.
SAFE-LINK is pre cross-linked and packaged
in 5-gal (18.9-L) pails. No additional cross-
linking is required on the rig. A fluid-loss pill is
mixed by simple addition of the SAFE-LINK
material to viscosified or non-viscosified
completion brine.
SAFE-LINK Mixing Instructions:
For a 60-ft (18.2-m), 7∑-in. (190.5-mm) perfo-
rated interval, mix a 10-bbl pill as follows:
Add 32 pails of SAFE-LINK additive to 260
gal (984.2 L) of either viscosified or non-
viscosified
completion brine. Stir gently with a lightning
mixer or paddle mixer to slurry the SAFE-LINK
additive into the brine. Do not over-shear the
slurry; the slurry should be lumpy or stringy
when pumped.
Note: Due to the SAFE-LINK additive’s cross-
linking mechanism, differential pressure greater
than 2,000 psi (137.9 bar) is not advisable.
Pills Containing Bridging Solids

SEAL-N-PEEL
SEAL-N-PEEL is a uniquely engineered fluid-loss-
control pill, designed specifically as a contin-
gency for all high-rate gravel-pack or water-pack
completions. SEAL-N-PEEL provides superb sup-
plemental fluid-loss control when mechanical
devices either fail or are unavailable. It deposits
an impenetrable filter cake against the inside
surface of the screen assembly. When the well
is ready to go on stream, the cake simply peels
away, using production pressure and flow as
the lift-off mechanism. The SEAL-N-PEEL base is
blended on location or at an M-I SWACO facility
and transported to location in 25-bbl MPT
tanks. Carbonate is added to the base fluid
prior to pumping the pill downhole.
The SEAL-N-PEEL lift-off pressures are
typically < 5-psi (0.34 bar) on average.
A volume of intact SEAL-N-PEEL — that is,
a pill that has not been diluted with brine —
must reach screens to be effective. Dilution
occurs in interface with brine while pumping
down workstring and in annular volume
between ports that pill exits workstring and top
of gravel-pack packer. The spacers pumped
ahead of solids-laden pill are used to ensure

that this intact pill will reach screens.
Pump rates while pumping SEAL-N-PEEL
must be greater than loss rate to
formation.
Consult M-I SWACO technical lab for opti-
mum formulation.
SEAL-N-PEEL Mix Instructions (15 bbl)
1. Add 14 bbl of the SEAL-N-PEEL base
gel to blender.
2. Add recommended carbonate at 1 to 2
min per sack to blender.
3. Blend at medium speed until smooth
mixture appears (15 min maximum).
4. Blend at slow speed until pill is pumped.
5. Pump recommended SEAL-N-PEEL base spac-
ers ahead and behind of solids-laden pill
based on the following table:
Loss rate Spacer Volume
< 25 bbl/hr 3 bbl
25 – 45 bbl/hr 6 bbl
> 45 bbl/hr 9 bbl
• Reduce loss rate to formation by filling annu-

lus with seawater to reduce hydrostatic
head.
• Pump rate while spotting pill must be greater
than loss rate.
• Spot pill as close to gravel-pack
packer as possible.
• A balanced pill is recommended.
• Record loss rate before pill spotted, after pill
in place, volume spacers, volume pill with
carbonate, pump rate while spotting pill and
losses while spotting pill.
• Increase volume to 25 bbl of SEAL-N-PEEL
with carbonate for extreme losses.
OPTIBRIDGE PILLS
OPTIBRIDGE pills are designed using
proprietary software that examines data
from the targeted formation, including
maximum pore size opening and
permeability and combines that input with
the bridging-particle information.
OPTIBRIDGE software automatically generates a
target line of the optimum blend of particles
that will effectively minimize solids and filtrate
invasion. Once the optimum blend is known,
the ratio of bridging materials is matched to
the formation characteristics. A fit-for-purpose
blend made of either calcium carbonate or salt
will effectively seal the formation.
Sized-Salt Pills
Sized-salt pills can be used in a broad density
spectrum ranging from 10.5 to 17.0 depending
on the base brine and concentration of bridging
solids utilized. Typically salt pills are mixed in
saturated sodium chloride brine, but they can
also be used with potassium chloride, calcium
chloride, sodium bromide, calcium bromide and
zinc bromide as long as the base brine is satu-
rated with respect to sodium chloride to prevent
solubilizing the sized sodium chloride bridging
solids. These fluid-loss control systems have a
unique synergistic blend of polymers which
create optimum rheological and suspension
properties providing long-term stability, and
contingent to the thermal extender package
used they can withstand bottomhole temper-
atures up to 325° F (162.7° C).
Optimized particle-size distributions seal
formations and completion screens over a wide
range of permeability minimizing formation
damage. Sized-salt pills can be removed with an
acid soak to destroy the internal polymers and
an unsaturated (with respect to sodium chlo-
ride) brine to dissolve the sodium chloride
bridging agents. Consult M-I SWACO technical
lab for optimum pill and breaker formulation.
Bridgesal Ultra Superfine

Mixing Procedure
Before adding Bridgesal^ Ultra Superfine, the
base brine must be saturated with respect to
sodium chloride to prevent the bridging salt
from being dissolved. Refer to sodium chloride
saturation tables for each respective base brine.
Mixing Instructions
1. Start with the desired amount of brine
in a clean slugging pit or mixing tank.
2. Add ∑ can (2.5 gal [9.46 L]) of DEFOAM 2*
for every 20 bbl of fluid.
3. If necessary, add the required amount of
EVAPORATED SALT through the mud hopper
at 2 to 3 min per sack for saturation with
respect to NaCl.
Note: After saturating the brine with
sodium chloride, it should be filtered to
ensure the removal of any particles above 44
microns. If Ultrasal 5 or 10 is used to saturate
the brine, no filtering is required.
4. Add the required amount of Bridgesal
Ultra Superfine (50 to 70 lb/bbl [22.6 to
31.8 kg]) through the mud hopper at 6 to 8
min per sack. Add additional DEFOAM 2 as
needed to control foaming.
^Bridgesal is a mark of Texas Brine Corporation.

5. If additional FL-7 Plus^ is needed add
through a hopper at 6 to 8 min per sack.
6. If CaCl2 brine is used, add 2 to 5 lb/bbl (0.9 to
2.27 kg) of pH buffer through a hopper at
3 to 4 min per sack.
7. Allow the pill to agitate for 30 to 45 min
prior to pumping downhole.
Note: If a mud hopper is not available,
add all products at maximum agitation as
possible while circulating through a pump.
If the BHT
is above 250° F (121.1° C), contact an M-I
SWACO representative.
Bridgesal Ultra Mixing Procedure

Before adding Bridgesal Ultra, the base brine
must be saturated with respect to sodium chlo-
ride to prevent the bridging salt from being
dissolved. Refer to sodium chloride saturation
tables for each respective base brine.
Mixing Instructions
1. Start with the desired amount of brine
in a clean slugging pit or mixing tank.
2. Add ∑ can (2.5 gal [9.46 L]) of DEFOAM 2
for every 20 bbl of fluid.
3. If necessary, add the required amount of
EVAPORATED SALT through the mud hopper
at 2 to 3 min per sack for saturation with
respect to NaCl.
4. Add the required amount of Bridgesal
Ultra (50 to 60 lb/bbl [22.6 to 27.2 kg])
through the mud hopper at 6 to 8 min per
sack.
Add additional DEFOAM 2 as needed to
control foaming.
5. If additional FL-7 Plus is needed add
through a hopper at 6 to 8 min per sack.
^FL-7 Plus is a mark of Texas Brine Corporation.
6. If CaCl2 brine is used, add 2 to 5 lb/bbl (0.9 to
2.27 kg) of pH buffer through a hopper at 3
to 4 min per sack.
7. Allow the pill to agitate for 30 to 45 min
prior to pumping downhole.
Note: If a mud hopper is not available,
add all products at maximum agitation as
possible while circulating through a pump.
If the BHT
is above 250° F (121.1° C), contact an M-I
SWACO representative.
Hysal Superfine/Hysal HD Pill

Hysal Superfine and Hysal HD are fluid prod-
ucts designed to be used in high density brines
(12.5 to 18.2 lb/gal [1.49 to 2.18 SG]).
Mixing Procedures
12.5 to 16 lb/gal (1.49 to 1.92 SG)
1. Add 0.5 gal/bbl (1.89 L/bbl) of Hysal
Activator to the brine.
2. Add 100 lb/bbl (45.4 kg/bbl) of Hysal
Superfine at 6 to 8 min per sack
through a hopper.
3. Allow the slurry to mix, circulating through a
choke to generate temperature, for approxi-
mately 4 hrs.1
16 to 17.5 lb/gal (1.92 to 2.1 SG)
1. Add 0.5 gal/bbl (1.89 L/bbl) of Hysal
Activator to the brine.
2. Add 100 (45.4 kg/bbl) of Hysal HD at 6 to
8 min per sack through a hopper.
3. Allow the slurry to mix, circulating through a
choke to generate temperature, for approxi-
mately 4 hrs.1
1
HEC polymer may be supplemented into the pill mix (at 2 to
3 lb/bbl [0.9 to 1.36 kg/bbl]) for initial viscosity enhancement until
starches are thermally activated at bottom-hole temperatures.
17.5 to 18.2 lb/gal (2.1 to 2.18 SG)
Note: Formulations from 17.5 to 18.2 lb/gal
(2.1 to 2.18 SG) should be verified by
laboratory testing.
If the BHT is over 250° F (121.1° C),
contact an M-I SWACO representative.

9.
CO
COMPLETION FLUIDS
RR
OSI
ON
INHI
MANUAL BITI
ON
AN
Chapter 9 D
CORROSION INHIBITION AND PACKER FLUIDS
Go To Table of
M-I SWACO offers corrosion inhibitors, oxygen
scavengers and biocides to minimize or prevent
corrosion in completion, workover and
reservoir drill-in fluid systems.
SAFE-COR
SAFE-COR* is an amine-based corrosion inhibitor
that forms an inert film on downhole oilfield
tubulars. SAFE-COR should be used as the pri-
mary inhibitor for all non-zinc bromide packer-
fluid applications in which Corrosion Resistant
Alloys (CRA) material is used for production
tubing and the maximum temperature is less
than 350° F (177° C). The standard inhibitor
treatment of 55 U.S. gal/100 bbl (13.1 L/m 3)
should be applied. An oxygen scavenger should
be added at standard dosage and biocide when
appropriate (less than saturated salt).
Formate- based brines for high-temperature
applications do not strictly require a chemical
corrosion inhibitor in the presence of CRAs. In
such cases, a pH buffer, such a potassium
carbonate, should be added to reduce the rate
of corrosion. Oxygen scavenger and/or biocide
may be added in cases where under-saturated
formate brines are used.
SAFE-COR 220X
SAFE-COR 220X is a brine-soluble amide-
corrosion inhibitor comprising a solution of
glycoside-amide in water. Typical treatment
level is 1 to 1.3% by volume (55 gal/100 bbl
[13.1 L/m3]). SAFE-COR 220X is recommended
for CO2 and H2S environments when the
temperature is <250° F (<121° C).
9·1
Go To Table of
SAFE-COR E
SAFE-COR E corrosion inhibitor is a modified
amine-type additive formulated to protect all
oilfield tubular goods, for solubility in clear
brine completion fluids and to minimize envi-
ronmental impact. It helps prevent general
corrosion attack on casing, tubing and down-
hole tools in contact with completion brines.
SAFE-COR E is a highly concentrated product
designed and packaged for use in solids-free
workover and completion brines.
SAFE-COR HT
SAFE-COR HT is a high-temperature corrosion
inhibitor effective in ZnBr2 solutions. It is a
solution of an inorganic sulfur salt in water.
Typical treatment level is 0.33% by volume
(55 gal/400 bbl [3.27 L/m3]). SAFE-COR HT,
which forms a protective, very thin film of
iron-sulfide scale, should be used only for
carbon-steel tubulars.
SAFE-SCAV NA
SAFE-SCAV* NA is a bisulfite-based oxygen
scavenger for non-calcium brines. Typical treat-
ment level is 0.025% by volume (1 gal/100 bbl
[0.24 L/m3]).
SAFE-SCAV CA
SAFE-SCAV CA is an oxygen scavenger for
calcium-based brines. An organic salt. Typical
treatment level is 15 lb/100 bbl (0.43 kg/m3).
9·2 Go To Table of
SAFE-SCAV HS
SAFE-SCAV HS is a brine-soluble, amine-based
hydrogen sulfide scavenger. Typical treatment
level is 0.025% by volume (1 gal/100 bbl
[0.24 L/m3]).
Application of SAFE-COR
Corrosion Inhibitors in Packer
Fluids
Corrosion inhibition is recommended when
clear-brine completion fluids are used as
packer fluids. Corrosion rate data for non-
zinc bromide brines suggest these brines are
not generally corrosive. Most non-zinc
bromide brines show an average corrosion
rate of less than 5 milli-inches per year
(m.p.y.) to oilfield grade carbon steel at
temperatures up to 350° F (177° C). Zinc
bromide fluids are inherently acidic. These
brines can be very corrosive if not adequately
inhibited.
Organic filming inhibitors, such as SAFE-COR,
SAFE-COR E and SAFE-COR 220X, act by
forming a protective barrier or film on the
surface of the metal. Film-forming inhibitors
consist of a
polar group and a long, non-polar
(hydrocarbon) chain. The polar group contains
what is referred to as a heteroatom, i.e.,
oxygen, phosphorous, sulfur or more typically,
nitrogen. The nitrogen containing molecules
are most typically amines. The molecular
structure of these amines is such that “free”
electrons are capable of forming a
chemisorptive bond with metallic iron. This
bond holds the molecular “head” onto the sur-
face of the metal and the hydrocarbon “tail”
acts as a “film” — thus the name “filming
amine.” The strength of the adsorptive bond
9·3 Go To Table of
and how long this bond lasts depends on the
environment, i.e., the molecular structure of the
chemical, the solubility of the material in the
aqueous medium (brine), movement of fluid
across the surface, physical disruption, etc.
The amines used for packer-fluid applica-
tions are much different than those used in
production applications. The amines in packer
fluids must be completely soluble in the brine,
whereas most production chemical amines are
oil soluble or water dispersible. The ability of
a packer-fluid amine to maintain its adsorbed
layer is greatly enhanced by the fact that once
in place, no aggressive movement of fluid occurs,
nor does a concentration gradient exist to allow
diffusive forces to act. The fact that it is a
closed system, the amine is not chemically
reacted or destroyed as part of the filming
process and the brine contains a relatively high
concentration of amine, self “healing” can
occur and the film should last indefinitely.
SAFE-COR HT is an inorganic inhibitor
that acts at the anodic site, reacting with
the oxi- dized iron by a chemical reaction
forming
a thin, protective layer. SAFE-COR HT is a
thiocyanate-based inhibitor and, like other
sulfur-based products, should not be used
with chrome alloys.
The primary chemical species directly
involved in the corrosion process include acid
and oxygen. Besides the alkaline inhibitor, cor-
rosion inhibition should include: 1) eliminating
oxygen in the brine, and 2) increasing pH where
feasible. Other species such as sulfur, chlorides
and certain bacteria also impact the corrosion
process. Bacteriacides should be added to those
9·4
Go To Table of
fluid systems that would allow bacteria to grow.
Although not specific, brines with a density less
than about 11.0 lb/gal (1.32 SG) should be
treated with biocide for packer-fluid use.
CRA Tubing
Corrosion Resistant Alloys (CRA) have been
used extensively in wellbore construction over
the last couple of decades. With the develop-
ment of deeper, hotter and higher-pressured
wells, new generation CRAs are being produced
that possess greater Yield Strength (YS) than
previous versions. For example, “Super” and
“Hyper” grade 13% chromium stainless steels
(13-Cr) achieve yield strengths of 95 to 110 ksi
and above, by alloying the iron-chromium
with high percentages of molybdenum, nickel
and other alloying elements. These higher
strengths are more prone to Stress Corrosion
Cracking (SCC) than their lower-strength
counterparts.
As their name suggests, CRA tubulars and
downhole equipment are generally resistant
to corrosive environments and each is selected
for an application for which it is best suited.
Depending on the amount and type of alloying
elements and homogeneity of the microstruc-
ture, localized corrosion such as pitting can
lead to sudden and catastrophic cracking fail-
ure. 13-Cr stainless steel is the most common
Martensitic Stainless Steel (MSS) used for its
resistance to sweet acid-gas (CO2) corrosion,
however, these materials are susceptible to
localized H2S attack. For sour-gas corrosion,
higher-chrome alloys, such as the Duplex
Stainless Steels (DSS) of 22%-Cr, 25%-Cr and
9·5
Go To Table of
28%-Cr, or even pure nickel-chrome alloys, such
as Inconel and Hastelloy^, are used. Although
more resistant to H2S, these higher alloys are
prone to hydrogen embrittlement under certain
conditions. Regardless of the metallurgy, the
higher-strength materials are always more
prone to environmentally induced SCC than
lower-strength materials or equal-strength low-
alloy, carbon steel. SCC is a corrosion phenome-
non related to the metallurgy, internal and
external stresses and the corrosiveness of the
environment in which the metal resides.
Thiocyanate (SCN–) decomposes at high
temperature and forms H2S. Consequently, the
use of a thiocyanate corrosion inhibitor, such
as SAFE-COR HT with 13-Cr or DSS material
is used for tubing is not recommended.
The other important environment
identified as increasing the risk of SCC with
CRA materials is chloride content. Chloride
Stress Corrosion Cracking (CSCC) of high-
strength 13-Cr and even 22-Cr DSS has been
reported. Whereas, in most of these reported
cases, sulfur or thiocyanate has also been
identified in the packer fluid, the role of the
chloride ion (Cl–) should not be overlooked.
At least in some high-strength
13- Cr cases, chlorides were implicated in CSCC
without evidence of sulfur of any type. For
this reason, M-I SWACO recommends using a
chloride-free packer fluid when it is placed
behind
>80 ksi YS 13-Cr steel at temperatures
greater than about 200° F (93° C).
^Mark of Haynes International, Inc.

9·6
Go To Table of
Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Caustic Soda Glute 25 SAFE-COR SAFE-SCAV NA To pH 9.5 (.238 L/m3) 5 gal/500 bbl (.238 L/m3) 5 gal/500 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
Caustic Soda Glute 25 To pH 9.5 (.238 L/m3) 5 gal/500 bbl
(14.3 kg/m3) 5 lb/bbl

K carbonate
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy
Standard/CRA
8.334 lb/gal (998
(<176° C) <350° F
kg/m3)
Water
Water Standard/CRA
8.334 lb/gal
(>176° C) >350° F
All densities Standard/CRA

Formates (<204° C) <400° F
9·7 Go To Table of
Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
(<176° C) <350° F Standard

Glute 25 Caustic SodaSAFE-COR To pH 9.5 (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services
(>176°) >350° F Standard

Fluid Type Density
Na-K/Cl-Br All densities

9·8 Go To Table of
Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Caustic Soda Glute 25 SAFE-COR SAFE-SCAV CA To pH 9.5 (.238 L/m3) 5 gal/500 bbl (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
SAFE-COR SAFE-SCAV CA (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
Fluid Type Density Temperature Metallurgy

(<176° C) <350° F
CRA
CaCl2-CaBr2 All densities

(<176° C) <350° F Standard
9·9 Go To Table of
Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
Standard
CRA SAFE-COR SAFE-SCAV CA (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
SAFE-SCAV HS SAFE-COR HT SAFE-SCAV CA

Standard
3
(1.19 L/m
5 gal/100
) bbl (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (3.27 L/m3) 55 gal/400 bbl
Fluid Type Density Temperature
CaCl2-CaBr2 All densities

(>176° C) >350° F
All densities
CaBr2 (<176° C) <350° F
All densities
(<176° C) <350° F
ZnBr2

Density Temperature Metallurgy Inhibitor Pkg. Concentration
14.5 to 16.5 lb/gal
3 CA
1,977 kg/m
(1,737
) to
(<149° C) <300° F CRA SAFE-COR SAFE-SCAV (.428 kg/m3) 15 lb/100 bbl (13.1 L/m3) 55 gal/100 bbl
14.5 to 16.5 lb/gal Contact M-I SWACO Technical Services

(1,737 to CRA
(>149° C) >300° F

>16.5 lb/gal CRA
(>93° C) >200° F
Fluid Type
ZnBr2
ZnBr2 1,977 kg/m3)
ZnBr2 (>1,977 kg/m3)

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 10
FILTRATION
10.
FILTR
ATION
Go To Table of
FILTRATION

FILTRATION
Filtration is a process used to remove
suspended materials from liquids. In
completion fluids, the suspended materials
can include weighting agents, drill solids,
perforating debris, sand, scale, rust, etc.
These suspended materials, if left in the
liquid, can damage the permeability of the
formation.
By selecting the proper filtration method,
fluids can remain clean and non-damaging
and the process can be accomplished in a
cost-effective manner.
Two types of filtration are used in comple-
tion and workover operations:
1. Depth filtration utilizing a filter press
with recessed chamber plates and DE.
2. Surface filtration-using cartridges.
In most cases the combination of these
units provides the most efficient filtration
package.
Equipment Design
Diatomaceous Earth (DE)
Filtration System
A Diatomaceous Earth (DE) filtration system
includes a downstream double-pod cartridge
filtration unit, which acts as a polishing unit
and a guard unit against DE bleed-through.
• The plate and frame unit should have O-
ring gasket plates to eliminate leakage
while filtering.
• All drain ports in the drip pan beneath the
plates of the filter press should be plugged to
ensure all of the filter cake and fluid trapped
between the plates is collected when the
press is opened. Fluid can then be salvaged.
FILTRATION
• Prior to the regeneration process, proper
blow- down with air is required to remove
fluid trapped in the filter cake within the
recessed chambers of the plates and within
the mani- fold system of the press.
• All filtration units should have an apron
running the full length of the drip pan
area to above the plates on both sides of
the press to eliminate potential spill while
the press
is opened for regeneration of DE. Any fluid
dropped into the drip pan of the press is
pumped (diaphragm) into a MPT tank or other
suitable holding vessel. This tank is checked for
reclaimable fluid, which can be decanted into
another MPT tank or into the rig’s active system.
• All hoses on the filtration unit should have
ball valves that can be closed or opened
during operation. This allows the operator to
close the valve at the disconnect point, saving
fluid when repositioning equipment, rigging
up or rigging down. The trapped fluid from the
hoses is evacuated back into the pit system,
eliminating spillage and offer maximum
recovery. Portable troughs at the disconnect
points are recommended.
Pod Cartridge Filter Unit
Typically, these units are “dual pod” construc-
tions with interconnecting piping for either
parallel, in-series or bypass configuration. The
vessels or housings hold disposable cartridges.
The number of cartridges per vessel may vary
per manufacturer. This equipment is desirable
on lightweight fluids and small inexpensive
brine cleanups. Also, the lightweight and small
FILTRATION
footprint makes cartridge filtration more favor-
able over larger DE units if the cartridge unit
can maintain the parameters of filtration
(cleanliness, pump rate, density).
Filtration Requirement Summary

Type of Fluid Expected Filtration Package
Comments Solids Loading Required
Fresh seawater Low 2- or 10-micron
Dump on return absolute cartridge
from well filters
Light brine Low 2- and/or
Dump on return 10-micron
from well or pre-filter
filter for reuse, cartridge filter
i.e., NaCl/KCl
Medium-weight Low 2- and/or
brine filter for 10-micron
reuse, i.e., CaCl2 pre-filter
cartridge filter
Medium-weight High Pre-filter
brine filter for 10-micron
reuse, i.e., CaCl2 and/or 2-micron
absolute cartridge
filter or DE
system and 2-
or 10-micron
cartridge filter
Heavy-weight Low/High DE system with
brine filter for 2/10 cartridge
reuse, i.e., NaBr, filters
CaBr2, K
formate
Very heavy-weight High DE system with
brine, i.e., ZnBr2 2/10 cartridge
filters

FILTRATION
MI SWACO Filtration Equipment

and Materials
All filtration presses are manufactured with
backup hydraulic systems. The filter press is
equipped with dual-hydraulic pumps. Filter
plates are gasket sealed. Extra filter clothes are
sent out to assure operations with no
downtime.
M-I SWACO maintains 1,600-ft 2 (148.6-m2),
1,500-ft2 (139.4-m2), 1,135-ft2 (105.4-m2), 800-ft2
(74.3-m2), and 600-ft2 (55.7-m2) filter
presses. All presses are designed to be
stackable. All M-I SWACO slurry skids are
equipped with dual downstream guard
units equipped to hold five (5) platinum
cartridges per pod.
The unique design of platinum cartridges uses
segregated flow channels and flow chambers to
maximize the effective surface area of pleated
filter media within a 6∏-in. (158.8-mm) OD
cartridge.
One platinum series cartridge filter is
designed to replace up to ten standard 2.5-in.
(63.5-mm) OD standard cartridges of similar
length. Available in a variety of media, this car-
tridge can be constructed with metal end caps
and cores for high-temperature applications.
With maximum recommended flow rates of
100 gal/min (378.5 L/min) this platinum series
filter is the solution to achieving optimum per-
formance while minimizing filtration cost.
M-I SWACO also maintains stand-alone dual
pod units. These units can be loaded with
every size filter available.
The M-I SWACO 65-bbl blending tanks have
two impeller blades to assure proper blending
action. The tanks are equipped with chemical
FILTRATION
hoppers with jetted action. They have 6-in.
(152.4-mm) slope discharges for proper
discharge to connect for tank drainage.
M-I SWACO utilizes turbo shear units to
shear viscous pills and blend chemicals.
Shear pumps are powered with a skid-
mounted diesel engine.
M-I SWACO has 3-bbl wet tanks with air-
powered motors.
M-I SWACO provides DE bulk tanks that hold
one (1) ton of Diatomaceous Earth. The tanks
have safe holding racks mounted on top of the
filtration-slurry skids for safe operations. These
tanks are equipped with air-operated vibrators.
Pallet boxes that hold two pallets can be
loaded from the top and sides. These boxes
keep products and equipment environmentally
safe.
M-I SWACO stocks three grades of diatoma-
ceous material: fine grade, medium grade and
coarse grade. DE is available in bulk tanks, 50-lb
(22.7-kg) sacks at 18 sacks per pallet and 25-lb
(11.3-kg) sacks at 40 sacks per pallet.
M-I SWACO equipment has certified slings
and uses shackles for safe transfer of
equipment. Hoses have stainless steel
connections with safely lock ears and are
pressure tested and certified. Hoses are
labeled for easy identification.
FILTRATION
Flow Rates
Filter life is longest at low flow rates. As a
guide, optimum flow rates should not exceed
.5 to
.75 GPM (1.9 to 2.8 L/min) per square foot of
filter area. Thirty-inch (762-mm) cartridge filters
should be operated at 1.5 GPM (5.7 L/min) or
less per filter for maximum life and efficiency.
Forty- inch (1,016-mm) pleated surface filter
cartridges can be operated at flow rates from 7
to 20 GPM (26.5 to 75.7 L/min) based on
micron size selected and filter area. Systems
should be sized to handle maximum flow-rate
conditions plus 10%. Filters should be changed
before differential pressure reaches 40 psi (2.8
bar).
Serial Filtration
Serial filtration will increase the life of the fil-
ters. A 10- or 30-micron absolute prefilter will
extend the life of more expensive 2-micron
absolute final filters. When depth-type cartridges
are used, 25- to 50-micron filters are generally
effective prefilters ahead of 2- to 5-micron
final filters.
FILTRATION
Maximum Flow Rates
Micron Size gal/min bbl/day
16-element 1 96 3,291
filter housing 3 144 4,937
5 240 8,229
10 288 9,874
25 336 11,520
50 384 13,156
20-element 1 120 4,114
filter housing 3 180 6,174
5 300 10,286
10 360 12,343
25 420 14,400
50 480 16,457
DE Filtration Dimensions
and Specifications
Plate and Frame Skid DE Units
1. Unit size: 1,600 ft2 (148.6
m2) Manufacturer: U.S.
Filter^ Size (L x W x H): 288 x
57 x 91
(7,315 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 28,000 lb (12,701 kg)
Filtration surface area: 1,600 ft2 (148.6 m2)
2. Unit size: 1,500 ft2 (139.4 m2)

Manufacturer: U.S. Filter
Size (L x W x H): 276 x 57 x 91
(7,010 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 24,000 lb (10,886 kg)
^Mark of U.S. Filter Corporation.

FILTRATION
3. Unit size: 1,135 ft2 (105.4 m2)
Size (L x W x H): 242 x 57 x 91
(6,147 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 22,000 lb (9,979 kg)
4. Unit size: 800 ft2 (74.3 m2)

Size (L x W x H): 201 x 57 x 91
(5,105 x 1,448 x 2,311 mm)
Weight: 20,000 lb (9,072 kg)
Filtration surface area: 800 ft 2 (74.3 m2)
5. Unit size: 600 ft2 (55.7 m2)

Size (L x W x H): 211 x 79 x 100
(5,359 x 2,007 x 2,540 mm)
Weight: 19,000 lb (8,618 kg)
Filtration surface area: 600 ft2 (55.7 m2)
All M-I SWACO DE filtration presses and slurry

skids are stackable. Maximum filtration rates
are 12 to 14 bbl/min. This is clean fluid with
little or no solids. Average filtration rate is
10 bbl/min. This takes into account solids and
density. Things that effect filtration rates are:
Density, viscosity, and solids content of the
fluid. Mechanically, filtration rates decrease as
the length of the pump suction increases.
Slurry Skids
1. • 1,600-, 1,500- and 1,135-ft2
(148.6-, 139.4- and 105.4-m2) units
• The slurry skids are 155 x 96 x 101
in. (3,937 x 2,438 x 2,565 mm)

FILTRATION
• The weight of the slurry skid is 12,000
lb (5,443 kg)
• The slurry skids are equipped with a
cartridge dual pot containing 5 platinum
cartridges
• Each cartridge pod contains 5 cartridges
• Each platinum cartridge is 40 in.
(1,016 mm) long
• It takes approximately 10 min to change
a set of platinum cartridges
• The slurry skid may be stacked on top of
the filter press
• Each slurry skid is equipped with a ladder
and a yo-yo device for fall protection
2. • 800-ft2 (74.3-m2) units

• The slurry skids are 120 x 66 x 89
in. (3,048 x 1,676 x 2,261 mm)
• The weight of the slurry skid is 8,000
lb (3,629 kg)
• The cartridge dual pods are separate for
the slurry skid
• Each cartridge pod contains 19
cartridges and is 29.5 in. (749.3 mm) in
length
a set of cartridges
• Each cartridge weighs 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
• The slurry skid may be stacked on top of
the filter press
• Each slurry skid is equipped with a ladder
and a yo-yo device for fall protection
3. • 600-ft2 (55.7-m2) units

• The filter press and slurry skid are
built into one skid
• The total weight 19,000 lb (8,618 kg)
FILTRATION
• The dimensions are 211 x 79 x 100
in. (5,359 x 2,007 x 2,540 mm)
• Each cartridge pod contains 19
cartridges and is 29.5 in. (749.3 mm) in
length
a set of cartridges
• Each cartridge weighs 1.5 lb (0.68 kg)
Pump Skids
1. Pump skid for all units:
Engine type: Detroit 353/371-in.3 100hp
Pump manufacturer: Gorman-Rupp^UBB60-B
Pump size: 4 x 4 in. (101.6 x 101.6 mm)
self-priming centrifugal
Output: 14.5 bbl/min at 75 psi (5.2 bar)
Skid size (L x W x H): 10 ft 6 in. x 3 ft x 5 ft 5 in.
(3m 152.4 mm x 0.91 m x
1.5 m 127 mm)
Weight: 6,000 lb (2,722 kg)
Miscellaneous Equipment and Safety

DE Bulk Tanks
• Tank size (L x W x H): 48 in. x 60 ft x 90 in.
(1,219 mm x 18.3 m x
2,286 mm)
• DE bulk tanks hold 1,500 lb (680 kg)
of DE Material
• DE bulk tanks weigh 850 lb (386 kg) empty
Operational Applications
• DEaverages 1 lb/ft2 (4.88 kg/m2)
bbl/ft2 (1.71 kg/m2).
• Filtration cycles average 1
This also depends on solids content.
^Mark of Gorman-Rupp Company.

FILTRATION
Chemical Injection Pump
• Type: Air
• Size: 2 in. (50.8 mm)
• Manufacturer: Versa-Matic^
(anti-freeze device)
Hose Basket
• Size(L x W x H): 22 x 4 x 3 (6.7 x 1.2 x 0.9 m)
• Weight: 4,500 lb (2,041 kg)
• Feet of hoses: 120 ft of 4-in.
(36.6 m of 101.6-mm)
suction hose and
240 ft of 3-in.
(73.2 m of 76.2-mm)
discharge hose
• Other hoses: 40 ft of 2-in.
(12.2 m of 50.8-mm) hose and
300 ft of 1-in.
(91.4 m of 25.4)-mm) hose
Waste Pump
• Type: Air
• Size: 3 in. (76.2 mm)
• Manufacturer: Versa-Matic
(anti-freeze device)
Safety Considerations
• Ladders are provided with our units
• Yo-yo fall protection devices are
included
• Hand rails are provided with slurry skids
DE bulk tanks reduce risk of back injuries.
For safe working and operating conditions,

M-I SWACO requires 3 ft (0.9 m) of
clearance around its equipment.
^Mark of Versa-Matic Pump Company.

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 11
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
11.
SPEED
WELL
TOOLS
Go To Table of
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
To create synergy between chemicals and tools
when cleaning a marine riser and wellbore
M-I SWACO has integrated the SPEEDWELL
cleanup tool product line into its total wellbore
cleanup package. Following are descriptions
and specifications of the primary tools and
support programs in the SPEEDWELL portfolio.
OPTISPEED* tool utilization program — An
Excel^ spreadsheet with four variables: (1) aver-
age spread cost per day, (2) short-trip rate in feet
or meters per hour, (3) tool cost and (4) tool
makeup and breakout time. If the operator is
going to short trip the scraper brush tools in the
wellbore, the OPTISPEED tool utilization program
will calculate not only the cost of each incremen-
tal scraper brush tool in each casing section, but
approximate placement of the tools as well.
SPEEDDRAW* tool draw program — For
gener- ating a well diagram that shows the
recommended cleanup tools and the
recommended tool placement based on the
output data from the OPTISPEED tool utilization
program.
Short tripping tools — Used to pull out of the
hole with the workstring far enough to brush
and scrape the areas in the casing or liner
beyond the reach of the previous scraper brush
tool. Afterwards, run back to the bottom of
the hole to ensure the removal of any debris
adhered to the inside of the pipe.
Scraper — A tool that scrapes the inside of
the casing or liner(s) to remove cement
sheath, scale and other debris.
^Mark of Microsoft Corporation.

SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Brush — A tool that brushes and disturbs
mud solids and other debris adhered to the
inside of the casing or liner(s).
SPEEDWELL PUP* tool — A proprietary
modular casing cleaning tool that includes a
tool joint at the top for ease of handling and
safety. The PUP tool can be assembled with
four carriers for brushes, scrapers or
magnets.
SPEEDWELL SHORTY* tool — A cost-effective,
proprietary modular casing cleaning tool. As
opposed to the four carriers of the PUP Tool,
the SHORTY tool has two or three carriers.
Downhole debris filtration tool — A tool
designed to filter debris and particulate from
the fluid toward the bottom of the wellbore.
Boot Basket — Another term for a junk
basket and is used to catch debris that is
dislodged from the wellbore, BOP stack
and/or riser.
Jetting Tool — Used to dislodge debris by
jetting or water blasting the inside of the
BOP stack and/or riser.
Riser Brush — A specially designed tool
to brush the inside of marine risers.
Magnets — Used to remove ferrous debris
from the wellbore.
Chemical cleaning — The use of
chemicals to clean the inside of casings,
liners and marine risers.
Mechanical cleaning — The use of cleanup
tools to clean the inside of casings, liners and
marine risers.
Total riser/wellbore cleanup — Using chemical
and cleanup tools together with optimized
hydraulics to clean the inside of casings, liners
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
and marine risers. Properly combining
chemical and mechanical cleaning is the most
effective and efficient type of cleanup, as it
delivers an optimum, total cleanup package.
The modular SPEEDWELL PUP System
The modular tool design eliminates the need
for a pup joint rental while providing brush
and scraper carriers, as well as additional
items, all on one tool.
One-piece mandrel is constructed of high-

yield steel, is designed for drilling cement and
has no external fasteners.
Larger-bore mandrels allow the fluid to do its
work, promoting better circulation and reverse
circulation for solids removal.
One tool carries everything: scrapers,
brushes, magnets, gauge rings and handling
features in addition to providing excellent
annular bypass so solids can exit the cased
hole.
Double-crimped, stainless steel
brushes stand up to harsh operat-
ing conditions and do not rotate.
They outperform carbon steel,
straight-wire brushes that become
brittle and break from chemical
exposure and movement. Wear
values have been established to
ensure continuous brush contact
throughout the run.
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Centralizers rotate
independently of the workstring
to reduce wear on casing and
liner. SPEEDWELL can eliminate the
need for a gauge ring by placing a
centralizer at drift on your PUP
tool.
Non-rotating magnets can be run
on the same mandrel with scraper
and brush carriers, eliminating the
need for additional tools on your
next project.
Junk basket carriers can be
placed on the PUP mandrel, just
like brushes, scrapers and magnets.
The baskets have an unrestricted,
360° opening at the top.
Two styles of non-rotating
scraper blades: Knurled-face-style
for aggressive cleaning and
smooth-face-style for special
requests. Wear values have been
established to ensure continu-
ous blade contact throughout
the run.
SPEEDWELL modular tool design
allows you to run the tool with a
regular box down to eliminate a
bit sub. We can also furnish bit or
mill, already made up on the tool.
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL PUP Tool
The modular, all-in-one cleanup
tool designed specifically for
your application.
Tool Features
PUP tools can be delivered in a
variety of combinations. The man-
drel pin and sub box are designed
with a proprietary connection to
reduce risk of mechanical failure.
Tool Benefits
• Custom helix-design scraper
blades with aggressive, knurled
surfaces scrape up and down,
making short trips more
effective
• Double-crimped, stainless steel
brushes do not rotate and stand
up to harsh operating conditions.
They outperform carbon steel,
straight-wire brushes that
become brittle and break from
chemical exposure and pro-
longed movement.
• Powerful, non-rotating magnets
can be run on the same mandrel with
scraper and brush carriers, eliminating the
need for additional tools
• Junk basket carriers can also be mounted
on the PUP mandrel, similar to the
brushes,
scrapers and magnets. These baskets have
an unrestricted, 360° opening at the top for
easy debris collection.
• Centralizers rotate independently of the work-
string to reduce wear on casing and liner.
SPEEDWELL can eliminate the need for a gauge
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
ring by placing a centralizer at drift on the
PUP tool.
• The tool design incorporates an integral pup
joint to facilitate tool pickup with standard
drill pipe elevators and slips: no drill collar-
type clamp required
• Non-rotating, self-cleaning, spiral brush and
scraper arrangement allows unrestricted
annular flow for better solids/debris removal
• Interchangeable bottom sub eliminates the
need for crossovers and bit subs
• The large ID enhances reverse
circulation for faster cleanups
• The robust, non-rotating design allows the
tool to be used while drilling cement
The SPEEDWELL THISTLE*

Cementing Brush Plug
An alternative for wellbore clean-outs.
• Cleans full strings of pro-
duction casing or tiebacks
to the surface
• Spiral pattern of
brushes provides
optimum brush- ing
efficiency as plug is
pumped down the
casing
• Works with seawater
or completion-fluid
displacement
• Elastomer body is easily drilled by any
type of bit
• Combination brush/plug is loaded and
launched from “double” plug
containers
• Can be run with conventional bottom plug(s)
• Available for several sizes of production casing
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL SHORTY Tool
The versatile, all-in-one cleanup
tool for your wellbore when
economy is paramount.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL modular design
allows the completion engineer to
configure a tool design for specific
applications or requirements.
SHORTY tools can be configured in
a variety of combinations.
Tool Benefits
• The modular design allows one tool to
carry scrapers, brushes, magnets, junk
baskets, centralizers and/or gauge rings
• Custom helix-design, bi-directional scraper
blades with aggressive, knurled surfaces,
scrapes up and down, making short trips
more effective. Wear values have been
established to ensure continuous contact
throughout the run.
• Double-crimped, stainless steel brushes do
not rotate and stand up to harsh operating
conditions. They outperform carbon steel,
straight- wire brushes that become brittle and
break from chemical exposure and
movement. Wear values have been
established to ensure continuous brush
contact throughout the run.
• Powerful, non-rotating magnets can be run
on the same mandrel with scraper and
brush carriers, eliminating the need for
additional tools and reducing risk
• Junk basket carriers can be mounted on
the mandrel, just like brushes, scrapers
and magnets. The baskets have an
unrestricted
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
360° opening at the top for easy debris
collection.
• Centralizers rotate independently of the
workstring to reduce wear on casing and
liner. SPEEDWELL can eliminate the need for a
gauge ring run by placing a centralizer at drift
on the tool.
• No external fasteners, no risk of having a
component being dislodged into the
wellbore
• Non-rotating, self-cleaning spiral brush and
scraper arrangement allows unrestricted
annular flow for better solids/debris removal
• Interchangeable bottom sub eliminates the
need for crossover and bit subs,
eliminating the risk of having a component
being dislodged into the wellbore
• The large ID enhances reverse circulation
for faster cleanups
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL Liner
Top Test Packer
(LTTP)
Performs a positive or
negative test on the liner.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Liner Top Test Packer
(LTTP) is designed to perform a neg-
ative test on the liner top to ensure
liner top integrity before changing
fluids. The LTTP is designed to pre-
vent premature setting while run-
ning in the hole and also allows a
full complement of wellbore cleanup
tools to be run above and below. Running the
tool while drilling the Plug Back Total Depth
(PBTD) and testing the liner top reduces trip
time and operating cost.
Tool Use
Choose the desired set-down weight by altering
the number of shear pins used in the tool. The
Liner Top Test Packer provides a generous
bypass area to permit acceptable trip times.
SPEEDWELL recommends the use of a SHORTY
Scraper-Magnet tool just below the LTTP to
ensure a clean sealing area. A go/no-go gauge
ring can be provided to dress off the liner top.
Once the test area is clean, set down on the
LTTP and shear the pins, closing the bypass
area and sealing off the packer. After the test,
a simple straight pickup is required to unseat
the packer and re-open the bypass area.
Tool Benefits
• Large internal bypass area permits faster trip
speeds and eliminates swabbing caused by
element expansion
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
• LTTP is an integral component of one-
trip displacement system
• Easy handling around the rig floor
• Easy activation is achieved by set-down weight
• Easy deactivation is achieved by straight pickup
• Tool design will allow reverse circulation
• Robust design allows tool to be used
while drilling cement
The SPEEDWELL Multi-Action

Circulating Valve (MACV)
For bypassing fluid and
increasing annular velocity.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Multi-Action
Circulating Valve (MACV) allows
communication of fluid from
the workstring to the casing annu-
lus when increased AVs are neces-
sary to enhance wellbore cleaning.
The upper string can be rotated
while the lower string remains
stationary. The operator can main-
tain more efficient AVs by diverting flow
above the tool.
Tool Use
Choose the desired shear pin rating. Install the
MACV to allow circulation above the liner top
or mud motor. Set down on the liner hanger to
shear the pins, and pick up to open the
circulating valve. No torque will be
transmitted below the valve.

SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Benefits
• No trip speed limitation
• Large bypass area increases displacement
efficiency
• Shear weight – variable setting
• Unlimited cycles
• Rotation isolation
• Circulation bypass valve above mud motor
• Increase annular velocity in casing
• Robust design allows tool to be used
while drilling cement
The SPEEDWELL PUP

Finger Basket
Cost-effective, easy-to-use, mechanical
wellbore debris-removal tool.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Finger Basket is
designed to withstand pipe rotation
and reciprocation without hampering
operations. The PUP Finger Basket’s
design traps the larger debris gener-
ated when drilling/milling various
types of plugs and other downhole
equipment. The debris is captured by
two events: activation of the fingers
while pulling out of the hole, and dur-
ing conventional circulating up the
annulus. The generous basket annulus
does not impede the fluid’s ability to
remove debris from the well.

SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Use
Install the SPEEDWELL PUP
Finger Basket in the work-
string to capture and remove
large debris generated during
drilling of plugs and retain-
ers, jetting operations, chemi-
cal displacements and
cleanups. The PUP Finger
Basket complements the
SPEEDWELL PUP Scraper/
Brush/Magnet tool, the
SPEEDWELL PUP Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool and the
SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush.
Tool Benefits
• The tool’s design incorpo-
rates an integral pup joint
to facilitate tool pickup with
standard drill pipe elevators
and slips: no drill collar-type
clamp required
• Large entry and capacity
allow for effective
debris collection
• Allows solids to be
circulated out of
the wellbore
• When pulling out of the
hole, the tool captures
larger
problematic debris that could not be circulated
out of the hole
• The large ID enhances reverse
circulation, complementing faster
cleanup
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool
Removes debris from the
BOP, casing and wellhead.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool is a mechanical
device that enhances the
cleaning efficiency
of the other cleanup tool
assemblies by providing jetting
action in the BOP stack, marine
riser and/or the casing/wellhead
area. Versatile design
complements any drilling
or completion operation.
Tool Use
Place the SPEEDWELL Quick-Trip
Jetting Tool in areas where debris is not easily
accessible to scrapers, brushes or magnets,
and where no metal-to-metal contact is
desirable. The Quick-Trip Jetting Tool should
be used in conjunction with the SPEEDWELL
Quick-Trip Boot Basket or the SPEEDWELL
Finger Basket
to assist in the removal of contaminants
by preventing debris from re-entering
the clean wellbore.
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush complements
the jetting tool by allowing the fluid and debris
to circulate freely through the tool and out of
the marine riser.
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
Tool Benefits
• The tool design incorpo-
rates an integral pup joint
to facilitate tool pickup
with standard drill pipe
elevators and slips: no drill
collar-type clamp required
• Simple design makes the tool easy and
safe to handle for the rig crew
• Spiral jet design ensures maximum effective
coverage
• Available in 7- through 14-in. (177.8-
through 355.6-mm) OD to maximize jetting
velocities
• No darts or balls required to activate
or deactivate the tool
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
The SPEEDWELL PUP
Riser Brush
The robust design
keeps your completion
free of solids and
debris.
Tool Features
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser
Brush utilizes three
stainless steel non-
rotating brush rings to
remove debris from the
marine riser or inner
production riser ID.
The design of the tool
provides a flow path
through the brush-
ring carrier, with the
majority of the flow
passing through 62 in.2
(40,000 mm2) of flow
area in the brush carrier,
minimizing pressure drops above and
below the tool.
Tool Use
The SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush can be run as a
stand-alone tool, and it is typically run in con-
junction with the SPEEDWELL PUP Quick-Trip
Boot Basket or SPEEDWELL PUP Finger Basket
to protect the well from debris re-entering
the well while jetting the BOP. The large flow-
through area of the tool provides several
advantages. It will not impede the fluid’s
ability to lift debris out of the well while
jetting the subsea stack BOP, it will reduce
the effects of surge or swab while tripping,
and it eliminates the need
SPEEDWELL TOOLS
for a junk basket above the tool. The
workstring can be rotated and reciprocated
with the SPEEDWELL PUP Riser Brush in the
string. The non-rotating brush carriers reduce
the risk of damaging the riser.
Tool Benefits
• Easier, safer handling with the integral
pup joint to facilitate tool pickup with
standard drill pipe elevators and slips: no
drill collar- type clamp required
• Aggressive, non-rotating stainless steel
brushes (synthetic brushes available)
• Debris can be effectively circulated through
and around the housing
• The large mandrel ID enhances
reverse circulation
3
• Available in 13 ⁄8- through 24-in.
(339.7- through 609.6-mm) OD
• Large flow-through area reduces the
prob- ability of fluid compression while
tripping in the hole or pulling out of the
hole
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 12
INTERVENTION FLUID SYSTEMS
12.
INTE
RVE
NTIO
N
FLUI
D
Go To Table of
FLODENSE AP
Description
Owing to its submicron-sized particles, the
unique WARP* FLODENSE* AP system allows for
flow through the annulus with minimum dis-
persion and exhibits reduced sag and settle-
ment. FLODENSE AP particles have a settling rate
10,000 times less than barite. The fluid can be
formulated for different applications with aver-
age densities between 17.5 lb/gal (2.1 SG) up to
20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG).
FLODENSE AP also can be used as a viscous,
lubricious and solids-free fluid that is engi-
neered to fall through the annulus with
minimal dispersion.
Applications
FLODENSE AP fluids are ideal for operations
requiring a fluid to pass through very narrow
apertures with minimum dispersion and are
beneficial in combating uncontrolled release
of pressure from a sealed casing string.
Features
• Engineered with either micron-sized particles
or solids-free
• Fluid passes in snakelike fashion
through very narrow apertures
• Can be formulated with densities up to
20.5 lb/gal (2.46 SG)
• Can be used as a viscous, lubricious
and solids-free fluid system
• Flexible system
Benefits
• Reduces or controls annular pressures
• Provides hydrostatic control

• Produces minimum dispersion when falling
through the annulus
• Can be used in very narrow apertures when
engineered with micron-sized particles
• Reduces sag and settlement compared
to competing systems
• Addresses the critical safety, environmental
and economic consequences of Sustained
Casing Pressure (SCP)
FLOPRO CT
Description
FLOPRO CT is a specialized intervention-fluid
system featuring hydraulically optimized rheol-
ogy, lubrication and density. With its relatively
flexible formulation FLOPRO CT can be built with
a wide variety of base fluids, including fresh-
water, seawater, potassium chloride, sodium
chloride, calcium chloride, sodium bromide,
sodium formate, potassium formate and
cesium formate. FLO-VIS L, a premium-grade
clarified xanthan gum, is responsible for the
elevated Low-Shear-Rate-Viscosity (LSRV) of the
system. This high-yielding biopolymer is also dis-
persible and imparts the LSRV without adversely
affecting the overall gross viscosity of the system.
Applications
FLOPRO CT is ideal for a wide range of coiled-
tubing applications, including deeper wells
with higher angles and working in corkscrewed
tubing. The solids-free FLOPRO CT system is ideal
for removing debris from the wellbore and
clearing the way for the insertion of production
tools. With FLOPRO CT, the hole typically can be
cleaned thoroughly in one trip.

Features
• Shear thinning rheological
profile with high LSRV
• Low coefficient of friction
• Zero or minimal solids
• Inhibitive fluid
• Provides drag reduction
• Wide density range
Benefits
• Reduces mechanical friction and coil wear
• Promotes hole cleaning and solids suspension
• Minimizes pressure loss and coil wear
• Minimal reservoir damage
• Enables entering higher-angle deeper wells
not previously attainable
• Simplified cleanup
SAFETHERM
Description
The SAFETHERM* insulating packer fluid is
custom-designed and blended for a wide
range of cold-temperature production
applications. An aqueous, water-miscible, or
oil-soluble fluid is designed to minimize the
conduction of heat away from the production
string, while sup- pressing convective heat
loss in the annulus. This uniquely engineered
packer fluid dramatically reduces the risks
associated with the formation of hydrates,
paraffin, asphaltene and the myriad of other
problems that can jeopardize production in
these environments. The fluids are formulated
from an inherently low-thermal-conductivity
base fluid and contain no suspended solids.
SAFETHERM fluids can be formulated for densities
ranging from 8.33 to 12.5 lb/gal (1 to 1.5 SG)
and is inhibitive to corrosion.
SAFETHERM is hydraulically optimized to
yield low plastic viscosity with elevated LSRV
and yield stress. Its flat rheological profile is
what enables it to remain thermally stable
from 125° to 175° F (52° to 79° C) over
extended periods and is inhibitive to
corrosion. This hydraulically efficient fluid can
be mixed and pumped on the rig, eliminating
the expense associated with an adjoining
pumping boat.
It can be pumped at high rates through
small tubing and orifice valves. In addition,
the components of SAFETHERM were
particularly selected to have minimal
environmental impact, thereby mitigating
the effects of spills or other unforeseen
events.
The proprietary TPRO ST* computer
model complements SAFETHERM and the M-I
SWACO in-house thermal conductivity
testing appa- ratus. The unique computer
model is capable of simulating Newtonian
and non-Newtonian
fluid behavior in an annulus to calculate temper-
ature regression during production and shut-in.
Applications
SAFETHERM is specially engineered for deep-
water, permafrost and other cold-
temperature environments. As an insulating
annular fluid, SAFETHERM is compatible with a
wide range of fluids, elastomers and other
components.
Features
• Minimizes heat conduction, convective
heat loss
• Easily mixed and pumped on the rig
• Environmentally acceptable components
• Utilizes proprietary heat-transfer
computer model
• Thermally stable
• pH buffered and corrosion inhibitive
Benefits
• Prevents production-line blockage,
casing-string collapse
• Compatible with wide range of elastomers
and fluids
• Production compatible with available surface
processing equipment
• Calculates heat regression during production
and shut-in
• Helps maximize production
• Reduces costs

13.
COMPLETION FLUIDS RESE
RVOIR
DRILL-
MANUAL IN
FLUID
Chapter 13
RESERVOIR DRILL-IN FLUIDS
Go To Table of
The decision on how to drill the reservoir is
critical to the success of the completion. In
fact, the type of Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF)
chosen can drive the entire completion decision
process.
M-I SWACO offers five primary RDF systems:
DIPRO*, FLOPRO* NT, FAZEPRO*, VERSAPRO*, and
NOVAPRO*. To aid in the selection of a system
for a particular application, M-I SWACO
employs
the proprietary RDFx* computer software. A
sample screen display is shown below.
M-I SWACO RDF SYSTEMS

DIPRO
DIPRO is a high-density water-base
Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) system,
designed for use in divalent brines. DIPRO
utilizes a synergistic
interaction of components to produce
excellent suspension characteristics while
maintaining extremely low, high-shear-rate
viscosities.
Optimized bridging particle selection and
biopolymer-free formulations provide a remov-
able, ultra-low permeability filter cake. An ideal
candidate for production-zone drilling in
highly deviated and horizontal wells, DIPRO
typically is easy to mix at the rigsite or mud
plant without specialized shearing equipment.
A temperature of 105° F (41° C) is the
minimum temperature required starting a
mix. DIPRO can be used in high-density
divalent brines, i.e., CaBr2, CaCl2, ZnBr2/CaBr2,
MgCl2, MgBr2, and where bottomhole
pressures require 11.5 to
17.5 lb/gal (1.38 to 2.1 SG) densities.
Features
• Stable rheologies
• Formulated from multi-functional
synergistic components
• Can be formulated from more
economic mixed-salt base brines
• Consistently low fluid loss
• No pre-hydration of polymer required
• Extremely low, high-shear-rate viscosities
Benefits
• Non-damaging reservoir drill-in fluid
capability in >13.5 lb/gal (1.62 SG)
range
• Excellent drilling properties
• Minimized formation damage potential

• Reduced Equivalent Circulating Densities (ECD)
• Designed for maximum compatibility
with completion method
• Enhanced filter-cake removal
• Precisely controlled particle size
Typical Formulation
Product Concentration
Divalent base brine ~ 0.96 bbl
DI-TROL* 6.0 – 10.0 lb/bbl
DI-BALANCE* 0.50 – 2.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB* 2 3.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB* 10, 20,
40 and/or 250 22.0 – 35.0 lb/bbl

Product
CaCl2, CaBr2, CaCl2/CaBr2 CaBr2/ZnBr2 CaCl2/CaBr2/ZnBr2
Density and shale inhibition

DI-TROL
Fluid-loss control, viscosity Starch derivative
DI-BALANCE
pH control, viscosity Inorganic compound
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250
Pore-throat bridging Optimally sized calcium carbon
DI-BOOST* (optional)
Viscosity stabilization
Product Functions and Descriptions
DI-TROL and DI-BALANCE components work
together to build Low-Shear-Rate Viscosity (LSRV)
without producing high ECDs.
DI-TROL is a unique dual-function viscosifier
and filtrate reducer for the DIPRO system. It is
a specially processed, high-molecular-weight,
branched-chain starch derivate, that generates
elevated LSRV and functions as a fluid-loss-
control agent in divalent salt brines. It works
in conjunction with calcium carbonate to form
the basis of the filter cake.
DI-BALANCE is a fine-particle-size, highly
reactive inorganic magnesium compound that
interacts in a synergistic manner with DI-TROL
to enhance the LSRV.
DI-BOOST additive is water-miscible glycol
ether that enhances the initial rheological
properties of the DI-PRO system.
Typical DIPRO Properties

Fluid density, lb/gal 11.6 – 17
Plastic viscosity, cP 15 – 35
Yield point, lb/100 ft2 15 – 35
3 rpm 2–7
LSRV 0.0636 sec –1, cps 10,000 – 40,000
HTHP, mL/60 min @
150° F (66° C) <5

FAZEPRO
FAZEPRO* is unique, in that it is the
industry’s only invert-emulsion fluid that can
be converted from an oil-wet state to a
water-wet state through a simple reduction
in pH. By simply adjusting the pH of either
the breaker solution or the completion brine,
the wettability of the filter cake is
transformed from an oil-wet state to water
wet. FAZEPRO can use any type of base oil
(diesel, mineral oil and synthetic) normally
used in invert-emulsion RDF systems.
Features
• Oil-base mud drilling performance
• Cleans up like water-base mud
• Versatility in selection of base fluid
Benefits
• Exhibits invert-emulsion fluids drilling
performance
• Can be built using diesel, mineral oil
or synthetic-base fluid
• Easily converted from an oil-continuous phase
(oil-wet) to a water-continuous phase (water-
wet) by using acid to reduce the pH to below
7
• Deposited filter cake can be removed using
typical oilfield acids, i.e., citric, acetic, HCl,
etc.
• Compatible with gravel-packing
operations where a breaker can be
placed in the gravel- pack carrier fluid
FAZEPRO is a reversible, invert-emulsion
system. The residual filter cake is reversed
from an oil-wet state to a water-wet state
by creating a low-pH (<6) environment in the
wellbore. This can be done with acids or
chelants. In addition, the internal phase can
be made with different brines to provide the
required density with minimal solids.
Typical Formulation
Base fluid (diesel synthetic,
mineral oil, olefin,
paraffin) 0.517 bbl
CaCl2, CaBr2, NaCl, NaBr 0.368 bbl
VG-69*, VG-PLUS* 1.0 – 5.0 lb/bbl
FAZE-MUL* 8.0 – 12.0 lb/bbl
FAZE-WET* 1.0 – 4.0 lb/bbl
Lime 5.0 – 9.0 lb/bbl
ECOTROL* for high HT
applications 0.5 – 1.5 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 60.0 lb/bbl
Product Functions
Product Functions
Base fluid (synthetic, Provides continuous phase
mineral oil, olefin, paraffin) for system
CaCl2, CaBr2, NaCl, NaBr Internal phase inhibition
VG-69, VG-PLUS Viscosity
FAZE-MUL Primary emulsifier
FAZE-WET Wetting agent/HTHP
fluid-loss-control agent
Lime Alkalinity
ECOTROL Fluid-loss control
for temperature
>250° F (125° C)
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 Acid-soluble
and/or 250 bridging material

FAZE-MUL is the primary emulsifier and
wetting agent for the FAZEPRO system. It has
the unique ability to reverse to an
oil/synthetic
in-water emulsion. For the best possible com-
pletion cleanup lower the pH to below 6.0.
FAZE-WET surfactant is the secondary wet-
ting agent and it increases the preferential wet-
ting of solids by the continuous, non-aqueous
phase. It also provides stable HTHP filtration-
control characteristics and increases the fluid’s
resistance to contamination.
Typical FAZEPRO Properties

Fluid density, lb/gal 9.0 – 12.0
Yield point, lb/100 ft 220 – 25
3 rpm 5–7
Pom – Alkalinity of
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) 500 – 800
HTHP, mL/30 min @
200° F (95° C) <5.0
Oil/brine ratio 80/20 – 60/40
FLOPRO NT
FLOPRO* NT is used primarily for open-hole
completions including sand control and non-
sand control requirements. The main focus is to
minimize formation damage, completion
compatibility and cleanup. FLOPRO NT is
purpose-built for each specific application.
Features
• Non-damaging
• Low lift-off
• High return permeability
• Ultra-Low permeability filter cake
• Customized formulations
• Precisely controlled particle-size distribution
of bridging agent
• Extremely low coefficient of friction
• Promotes low skin values
• Rheologically engineered
• High LSRV
• Environmentally acceptable
Benefits
• Maximizes production
• Reduces remediation costs
• Higher production rates sooner
• Minimal lift-off required, faster cleanup
• Minimizes solids and fluid invasion of
the producing formation
• Reduces pump pressures
• Maximizes ROP, saves drilling time
• Excellent hole-cleaning profile
• Reduces cleanup and disposal costs
• Works with any completion assembly

FLOPRO NT is the premier M-I SWACO water-
base Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) system. It
is a comprehensive system that begins to
demonstrate its benefits while drilling the
productive interval. These benefits continue
throughout the process of putting the well
on production.
The system is used primarily for open-
hole completions including sand control and
non- sand control requirements. The main
focus is to minimize formation damage,
completion compatibility, maximum
drillability and cleanup. The differences
between this system and other water-base
RDF systems include: product positioning,
the utilization of “New Technologies” and
component flexibility.
FLOPRO NT is purpose-built for each
specific drilling and completion
application.
Typical Formulation
Base fluid (brine) —
halide or formates 0.96 bbl
FLO-VIS* PLUS, FLO-VIS NT 0.75 – 2.0 lb/bbl
DUAL-FLO*, FLO-TROL* 4.0 – 8.0 lb/bbl
Greencide 25G 0.5 – 1.0 gal/100 bbl
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH 0.5 – 1.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 25.0 – 30.0 lb/bbl
KLA-GARD*, KLA-STOP* 4.0 – 8.0 lb/bbl
Product
Base fluid (brine)
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT
Viscosity properties, especially LSRV
Premium grade xanthan gum
DUAL-FLO, FLO-TROL
Fluid-loss control Modified starch
Greencide 25G
Glutaraldehyde
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250 Bridging agent, fluid-loss control,
Optimally sized calcium carbonate
density
KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP
Shale inhibitor Amine type of shale inhibitor

FLO-VIS PLUS is a high yield, premium-
grade, clarified xanthan gum. It is both clarified
and dispersible. It produces elevated LSRV and
fragile gel strengths.
FLO-VIS NT is a high-yielding, xanthan
gum biopolymer. It is non-clarified and non
dispersible. It imparts elevated LSRV while
not having an adverse effect on the overall
apparent viscosity.
DUAL-FLO and FLO-TROL are both special
starch derivates used primarily for filtration
control. They are both non-ionic and act
syner- gistically with FLO-VIS PLUS and FLO-
VIS NT to enhance the LSRV.
KLA-GARD or KLA-STOP reduces the swelling
of sensitive shale.
Typical FLOPRO NT Properties

3 rpm 10 – 15
pH 8.5 – 10.0
LSRV 0.0636 sec –1, cps 40,000 – 60,000
HTHP, mL/30 min
@ 150° F (66° C) <5.0

VERSAPRO, NOVAPRO and PARAPRO
NOVAPRO (synthetic), VERSAPRO (diesel or
mineral oil) and PARAPRO (paraffin) Reservoir
Drill-In Fluid (RDF) systems are non-damaging,
invert- emulsion fluids used for drilling
developmen- tal wells designed for both
cased and open hole completions. These RDFs
are designed
to minimize formation damage problems
such as oil wetting, emulsion blocking, and
solids plugging, yet retain OBM/SBM advan-
tages — such as rate of penetration, lubricity
and wellbore stability.
Due to the higher priority of minimizing
formation damage and compatibility with
completion assemblies, these fluids are
different from typical invert-emulsion fluids in
their design and application. The
emulsifier/wetting agent package, the type
and size of bridging material — indeed, all
materials required for the job — are
reviewed for the best combination of
drilling and completion characteristics. The
NOVAPRO/VERSAPRO/PARAPRO family of fluids
is versatile, providing tremendous flexibility
for numerous applications.
VERSAPRO
The invert-emulsion-base VERSAPRO* reservoir
drill-in fluid system features low fluid loss,
high ROP and excellent wellbore stability.
The VERSAPRO system is designed to
minimize formation damage by forming a
thin, durable,
Ultra-Low-permeability filter cake on the face of
the formation, thereby minimizing fluid and
solids invasion into the formation. Products are
carefully selected for compatibility with the
reservoir and completion method to maximize
productivity. VERSAPRO can be used with either
diesel, or mineral oil as a base fluid.
Features
• Can be built using diesel, or mineral
oil-base fluid
• Exhibits all the drilling advantages
of conventional invert-emulsion
fluids
• Designed to be compatible with completion
method
Benefits
• Minimizes formation damage
• Reduces fluid and solids invasion
• Maximizes productivity
Typical Formulation
Component Concentration
Base oil 50 – 70% vol
Brine internal phase 30 – 50% vol
VG-PLUS 0.5 – 2.0 lb/bbl
VERSAPRO P/S,
VERSACOAT*, VERSAWET* 4.0 – 6.0 lb/bbl
ECOTROL 1.0 – 2.5 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 10.0 – 30.0 lb/bbl
Product Functions
Product Function
Base oil Continuous
Brine Internal phase
VG-PLUS Viscosifier
VERSAPRO P/S, VERSACOAT, Primary emulsifier
VERSAWET
ECOTROL Supplemental
fluid-loss control
Lime Alkalinity
SAFE-CARB 2,10,20,40, Acid-soluble
VERSAPRO systems are non-damaging,

invert-emulsion fluids with (diesel or mineral
oil as base). These systems are designed to
minimize formation damage.
VERSAPRO LS provides all the benefits of a
VERSAPRO system. It utilizes calcium carbonate
for bridging and weighting. It contains at least
30 lb/bbl (13.6 kg/bbl) for optimum bridging.
VERSAPRO SF is a pill designed without
solids to displace VERSAPRO from the hole when
there is pre-existing filter cake only. Do not use
VERSAPRO SF to drill the formation.
Typical VERSAPRO Properties

3 rpm 5 – 15
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) >300
HTHP, mL/30 min @ 250° F
(121° C) – 5 micron disk <5.0

NOVAPRO
The synthetic-base NOVAPRO* system features
low fluid loss, high ROP and excellent wellbore
stability. The NOVAPRO system is designed to
minimize formation damage by forming a thin,
durable, Ultra-Low-permeability filter cake on
the face of the formation, thereby minimizing
fluid and solids invasion into the formation.
Products are carefully selected for
compatibility with reservoir, drilling
conditions, environmental protocol, and
completion method to maximize
productivity while adhering to
environmental requirements.
The system meets environmental require-
ments for synthetic based fluids.
Features
• Formulated with synthetic-base fluid
• Exhibitsall the drilling advantages
of conventional invert-emulsion
fluids
• Designed to be compatible with
the completion method
Benefits
• Minimizes formation damage
• Reduces fluid
loss
• Maximizes production
• Environmentally acceptable
Typical Formulation
Base synthetic 70 – 90%
Brine internal phase 10 – 30%
VG-PLUS 1.0 – 4.0 lb/bbl
NOVAMUL*, SUREMUL* 6.0 – 8.0 lb/bbl
NOVAWET*, SUREWET* 2.0 – 4.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 10.0 – 30.0 lb/bbl
Product Functions
Product Function
Base synthetic Provides continuous
phase for system
Brine Internal phase inhibition
VG-PLUS Viscosity
NOVAMUL, SUREMUL Primary emulsifier
NOVAWET, SUREWET Wetting agent
Lime Alkalinity
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 Acid-soluble
Typical NOVAPRO Properties

Product Function
3 rpm 5 – 15
whole mud (mL) <3.0
Electrical stability (volts) >500
HTHP, mL/30 min @ 250° F
(121° C) – 5 micron disk <5.0

FLOTHRU
The FLOTHRU* system is a premium water-base
Reservoir Drill-In Fluid (RDF) designed to be non-
damaging with enhanced flow-back capabilities
avoiding the need for a chemical cleanup
treatment. FLOTHRU utilizes organophilic com-
ponents as part of its design. The system
deposits an impermeable filter cake on the sand
face preventing the flow of aqueous fluid and
solids into the formation. When the well is put
on production, this organophilic material allows
oil to flow through channels in the filter cake
eliminating the need for any external breakers.
Typical Formulation
Base fluid (brine) —
halide or Formates 0.96 bbl
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT 0.75 – 1.0 lb/bbl
THRUTROL* 10 lb/bbl
THRUCARB* 20 to 30% of the
total carbonate blend
Greencide 25G 0.5 – 1.0 gal/100 bbl
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH 0.5 – 1.0 lb/bbl
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40
and/or 250 25.0 – 30.0 lb/bbl
KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP 4.0 – 8.0 lb/bbl

Product
Base fluid (brine)
FLO-VIS PLUS, FLO-VIS NT
Viscosity properties, especially LSRV
Premium-grade xanthan gum
THRUTROL
Organophilic starch
THRUCARB
Bridging agent/fluid-loss control Organophilic calcium carbonat
Greencide 25G
Glutaraldehyde
Caustic Soda, MgO, KOH
SAFE-CARB 2, 10, 20, 40 and/or 250
Optimally sized calcium carbonate
Bridging agent, fluid- loss control, density

KLA-GARD, KLA-STOP
Shale inhibitor Amine type of shale inhibitor
FLO-VIS PLUS is a high-yield, premium-
grade, clarified xanthan gum. It is both clarified
and dispersible. It produces elevated LSRV and
fragile gel strengths.
FLOVIS NT is a high-yielding, xanthan
gum biopolymer. It is non-clarified and non
dispersible. It imparts elevated LSRV while
not having an adverse effect on the overall
apparent viscosity.
THRUTROL is a hydrophobic-modified starch.
It is used to lower fluid-loss control and impart
viscosity. It provides some of the channels for
hydrocarbons to flow through.
THRUCARB is a very fine organophilic-coated
calcium carbonate. It is used in conjunction with
other sized calcium carbonate and the THRUTROL
starch to form the basis of a filter cake. It also
helps create the organophilic channels.
KLA-GARD or KLA-STOP reduces the swelling
of sensitive shale.
Typical FLOTHRU Properties

3 rpm 10 – 15
pH 8.5 – 10.0
LSRV 0.0636 sec –1, cps 40,000 – 60,000
HTHP, mL/30 min @
150° F (66° C) <5.0

Breakers – Chemical cleanup

Why a Breaker?
Most of the M-I SWACO Reservoir Drill-In Fluids
(RDFs) are designed to deposit an impermeable
filter cake on the formation with the intent of
preventing the loss of fluid and solids into the
producing or injection zone. While these filter
cakes provide a protective barrier on the forma-
tion face in the drilling phase of the well, they
can also impair the productivity of a well or the
injection into a well if they are not cleaned up
properly.
In producing wells that are completed
in unconsolidated formations, gravel packs,
expandable screens, pre-packed liners and
stand-alone screens are used to stabilize the
wellbore. Although these completion tech-
niques might stabilize the wellbore they can,
at the same time, serve as potential traps for
the filter cake/filter-cake debris when the
well is put on production. The net result can
be lost production and/or premature decline
of the well.
The purpose of using a breaker is to
prevent the plugging of a gravel pack or a
completion assembly with filter cake/filter-
cake debris by cleaning up or changing the
characteristics of the filter cake itself. Filter-
cake cleanup allows hydrocarbons from the
reservoir to flow freely into the well without
being blocked by the filter-cake residue.
The maintenance of the RDF while drilling
the well plays an important role in the cleanup
process of the filter cake. If the percent of drill
solids in the RDF is allowed to escalate then

consequently the amount of drill solids in the
filter cake will also accumulate. A large amount
of drill solids will not only affect the integrity
of the filter cake, it will also limit the amount
of the filter cake that can be cleaned up.
One of the most important objectives of a
cleanup treatment is the uniform degradation
of the filter cake. This objective should be one
of the basis of design when selecting a breaker
treatment.
Factors that affect Breaker Selection
• Breaker carrier
• Well type – Producer or injector
• Type of completion – Gravel pack,
expandable screen, etc.
• Metallurgy
• Formation characteristics — Sensitivities
• Environmental issues
• Type of RDF used to drill the well
• RDF components
• % drill solids in the filter cake
• MBT concentration
• Amount of bridging material
• Total amount of solids
• Thickness of the filter cake
• Type of cleanup desired
• Contact area
• Contact time
• BHT
• Delay time required
• Completion equipment
• Operator concerns

What to Use, When to Use It
and How Do You Get It
There?
What to use and when to use it depends on
the factors affecting the breaker selection
including the type of cleanup desired and
when the cleanup is going to take place. For
example, in a gravel-pack completion there are
two options when to do the cleanup, during
the
gravel-pack operation or post-gravel pack. There
is also the option of placing a breaker as a com-
ponent in the filter cake, or using a system that
deposits a filter cake that can be cleaned up by
formation hydrocarbons.
Options
Post Treatment
• Aggressive treatments
Strong acids
Oxidizers
• Non-aggressive treatments
Weak acids
BREAKDOWN*
FAZEBREAK*
BREAKFREE*
Treatments While Completing the Well
• Aggressive treatments
Chelants
• Non-aggressive treatments
FAZEBREAK — Delayed
Chemical Options
• Acids – Temperature ranges 120° to 250° F
(49° to 121° C). Attack biopolymers and cal-
cium carbonate components of a water-
base filter cake. Acids can also be used to
clean
up FAZEPRO, a reversible invert-emulsion fluid.
Some of the disadvantages of acid are that
they can cause corrosion with downhole tubu-
lars, form precipitates, cause emulsions and
cause incomplete cleanup.
• Oxidizers – Temperature ranges 80° to 200°
F (27° to 93° C). They attack the organic
polymer portion of the filter cake deposited
by water- base fluids. Generally, oxidizers
may work two times faster for every 10° F (–
12° C) rise
in temperature.
Disadvantages of oxidizers include the
attack on steel material, the dissolution of sili-
cates or micro-porous chert, and the reaction
with clays which can generate an emulsion.
M-I SWACO Products
• SAFE-BREAK* L – Oxidizer
• Sodium Hypochlorite – Oxidizer
SAFE-BREAK L and SAFE-BREAK S are strong
oxidizers used in water-base drill-in fluids as
breakers for various polymers. They are used to
“break” the viscosity of natural polymer-base
fluids and to loosen the filter cakes of drill-in
fluids, so that bridging particles can be pro-
duced back through sand-control liners or be
more effectively acidized.
• Enzymes — Temperature ranges 40° to 200°
F (4° to 94° C). Enzymes primarily starch or
polymer specific. These enzymes break down
the polymers in the residual filter cake which
in effect breaks down the “cement” which
bonds the filter cake together allowing the
bridging solids to disperse and either flow
back through the completion assembly (gravel
pack), or
be chemically dissolved by other chemical
treatments.
M-I SWACO Products
• WELLZYME* A
• WELLZYME NS
Both WELLZYME A and WELLZYME NS are
starch-specific enzymes (Amylase) designed to
degrade the starch component of the FLOPRO
NT filter cake. They work in monovalent carrier
brines, but do not work in divalent brines.
The optimum concentration of W ELLZYME A
or WELLZYME NS is 2 to 5% volume.
• Chelants — Dissolve the calcium carbonate
material in both water and reversible oil-
base fluids. They are less aggressive than
acids or oxidizers allowing for a more even
breakdown of the filter cake and a delayed
break if that is desired. Chelants can be
used in combination with other breakers
such as enzymes or acid for a more
enhanced filter-cake cleanup. Low pH
chelants are also effective in destroying the
integrity of the FAZEPRO (reversible oil- base)
filter cake.
Chelants are non-corrosive as opposed
to acid.
M-I SWACO Products
• D-SOLVER* pH 4.5 to 4.8
• D-SOLVER PLUS pH 3.5 to 4.0
Both D-SOLVER and D-SOLVER PLUS are
not compatible with seawater or calcium
chloride or other divalent brines.
The concentration of chelants will depend
on the amount of calcium carbonate material in
the filter cake, the surface area of the filter
cake, and the volume of the breaker system.
M-I SWACO Breaker Systems

• BREAKFREE – Enzyme-base system
• BREAKDOWN – Enzyme/chelant-base system
• FAZEBREAK – Chelant-base system for FAZEPRO
BREAKFREE – Enzyme-Base System

BREAKFREE is recommended for the cleanup of
the starch component of a FLOPRO NT filter cake
where stand-alone or gravel-pack open-hole
completions are used. The process of the starch
destruction is slow and gentle and it prevents
formation of emulsions and precipitates with
formation fluids. It also disperses bridging par-
ticles to flowback or fall out of the way.
• Monovalent-base brines
• Dispersant – SAPP*, D-SPERSE* (optional)
• WELLZYME A or WELLZYME NS
• Viscosifier (optional) — Increases delay
BREAKDOWN — Enzyme/Chelant
Composition
BREAKDOWN is recommended for the cleanup of
both the starch and calcium carbonate compo-
nents of a FLOPRO NT filter cake for stand-alone
and premium screen/gravel-pack open-hole
completions. The process of the starch and cal-
cium carbonate destruction is slow and gentle
and it prevents formation of emulsions and
precipitates with formation fluids.
• Monovalent base brines
• Dispersant – SAPP, D-SPERSE (optional)
• WELLZYME A or WELLZYME NS
• D-SOLVER or D-SOLVER PLUS — Chelant
• Viscosifier (optional) — Increases delay

FAZEBREAK
FAZEBREAK is designed to clean up FAZEPRO.
It does not completely dissolve the filter cake;
it disperses the filter cake. The low pH of the
system helps initiate the reversibility of the
filter cake and the chelant attacks the calcium
carbonate material.
• Surfactant — Water-wet carbonate (FAZE-MUL*)
• Viscosifier — Delays the reversal
process (SAFE-VIS)
• Dispersant — Minimizes surface interactions
(EGMBE)
• Base brine — Density enables good placement
• Chelant — D-SOLVER

COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 14
ENGINEERING FORMULAS AND TABLES
14.
ENGIN
EERIN
G
FORM
ULAS
AND
TABLE
S
Go To Table of
isplacement API Drill Pipe Oilfield Tubulars
w/Coup. lb/ft ID Cap Displ. bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl

in.OD Displ. bbl/ft
Size 1.815 Cap bbl/ft
in.
14·1
4
4∑

Go To Table of Conten
Displacement API Drill Pipe
w/Coup. lb/ft ID Cap Displ. bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl

in.OD Displ. bbl/ft
4.408 Cap bbl/ft
Size in.
5∑
Capacity and Displacement Heavy-Weight Drill Pipe
w/Coup. lb/ft Cap Displ. bbl/ft Cap Displ. bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl
in.OD in.ID
Size 0.0050bbl/ft
4∑ 4
Pipe Displacement (Metal Only w/Coup.)

3
0.002 Wtof pipe per ft with couplingsDepth, ft  Displacementof pipein ft

Wtof pipeper ft with couplingsDepth, ft Displacementof pipe in bbl
2, 733
Capacity and Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
w/Coup. lb/ft Cap Displ. bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl

in.OD in.ID Displ. bbl/ft
Type Cap bbl/ft
Size
15⁄16
111⁄16

Displacement API Tubing and Workstring
w/Coup. lb/ftWeight in.OD Cap Displ.

Size Type Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl
in.ID
0.002076
0.002518
0.002518
0.002518
0.002645
0.001430
0.000989
0.000989
0.000989
0.000862
0.003507
0.003507
0.003507
0.003507
0.003507
1.900
1.900
1.900
1.900
1.900
1.462
1.610
1.610
1.610
1.650 481.68
397.14
397.14
397.14
378.11
17 ⁄ 8 4.19
2.90
2.76
2.75
2.40 INIEU
I
21⁄16 3.25 2.063 1.751 0.002978 0.001156 0.004134 335.75
0.003386
0.003386
0.003866
0.003866
0.004047
0.002093
0.002093
0.001613
0.001613
0.001433
0.005479
0.005479
0.005479
0.005479
0.005479
2.375
2.375
2.375
2.375
2.375
1.867
1.867
1.995
1.995
2.041 295.33
295.33
258.65
258.65
247.12
23 ⁄ 8 5.95
5.80
4.70
4.60
4.00 NNENE


Size Type in.OD in.ID
Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
3∑

w/Coup. lb/ft Cap Displ. bbl/ftLinear ft/bbl

in.OD in.ID
Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
Size
Type
4∑
Type: N = Non Upset
egral Joint E = External Upset

Capacity and Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners

Cap bbl/ft
Size

Displacement Casing and Plain End Liners

Cap bbl/ft
Size
5∑
65⁄8


Cap bbl/ft
Size
75⁄8


Size Cap bbl/ft
85⁄8
95⁄8

w/Coup. lb/ft 9.625 8.681 Cap Displ. bbl/ft Linear ft/bbl

Size in.OD in.ID Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
10π
11π

w/Coup. lb/ft 13.375 12.715 Cap Displ. bbl/ftLinear ft/bbl

in.OD in.ID Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
Size
16
185⁄8
Capacity and Displacement Drill Collars
1.2500 Cap Displ. bbl/ftLinear ft/bbl

in.OD in.ID
Size Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft

Displacement Drill Collars
2.2500 Cap Displ. bbl/ftLinear ft/bbl

in.OD in.ID
Size 5∑ 5π 6 Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
6∑
6π
7∏ 7

Displacement Drill Collars
7.750 2.8125 Cap Displ. bbl/ftLinear ft/bbl

7π 8Size in.OD in.ID Cap bbl/ft Displ. bbl/ft
8∏
Tubular/Open Hole: Coil Tubing
Calc. ID Linear ft/bbl 3 Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness wt/ft bbl/ Linear ft ft / Linear ft gal/ Linear ft
Size OD

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Size OD Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness bbl/ Linear ftLinear ft/bblft3/ Linear ft gal/ Linear ft
wt/ft Calc. ID

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Size OD Calc. ID Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness wt/ft bbl/ Linear ftLinear ft/bblft3/ Linear ft gal/ Linear ft

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Size OD Calc. ID Linear ft/bbl Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness wt/ft bbl/ Linear ft ft3/ Linear ft gal/ Linear ft

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Calc. ID Linear ft/bbl Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal

Size OD

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Calc. ID Linear ft/bbl Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal

Size OD

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Wall Thickness bbl/ Linear ft ft3/ Linear ft gal/ Linear ft
wt/ft

n Hole: Coil Tubing
wt/ft bbl/ Linear ft ft3/ Linear ft gal/ Linear ft
Wall Thickness

n Hole: Coil Tubing

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Size OD Linear ft/bbl Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness Calc. ID

n Hole: Coil Tubing
Size OD Linear ft/bbl Linear ft/ft3 Linear ft/gal
Wall Thickness Calc. ID

to= Fluid
VolumeLoss:
of fluidFluid perforations, bbl Vp
lost to Engineering = Volume of a perforation # PP = # of plugged perforations Where:
Calculations
(see note), in.3
(S)(VL)(9702)
# PP 
Vp
Vp 1.96 in.3 Note: The volume of one perfora
diameter of 0.5 in.: Volume,
# PP
% PP 
shots length of perfs

 ft 
ngth of pipe from surface
Determine to point
Stretch or of anchor downhole (stuckpoint) in feet (ft) ∆L = Strength in inches (in.) Where:
Freepoint
 LF
∆L 
2500A
2500∆L A
L
F
2
Hook load is 120,000
(Without
Example: 143,000
lb. PullH2O and lb.salt on pipe moves
Markfraction) up 16 in. Pipe
Weight-Up is 4∑-in. drill pipe wit
Formulas
 ID2 0.7854  4.4 in2
 in.
WdF  d1
lb of wt material per bbl of fluid =
2500164.4
L  7,652
23 dF  d1 dWM  dF
Volume increase per bbl of fluid =
Pipe is stuck at approximately 7,652 ft.
WM = Density
1 final bbl of
ofweight
fluid material,
with drylb/gal
salt (See table on page 15·32) dF = Final density d1 = Initial density Where:
material:
per final bbl of fluid = materialW dF  d1

 
Volume of ⎡ dF  d1 ⎤
initial fluid in bbl = ⎢1  ⎥ VF
⎣ dWM  dF⎦
Densities of Weighting Agents
Sack wt/lb
Weighting Agents Gravity
lb/gal (SG * 8.334)
tassium Chloride lb/bbl (lb/gal * 42)
Sacks/bbl
2.163 1.91 18.0 15.9 758 669
mide Sodium Formate Zinc Bromide

Brines and Maximum Densities
NH4Cl 8.90 1.067
um Chloride
CaCl2/CaBr2
12.7 9.8 1.175

m Chloride/ Calcium Bromide
KCl NaBr CaBr2
Sodium Formate Potassium Formate
Note: Do not use these densities without referring to the brine tables for crystallization points.
Fluid Velocity (V):
Hydraulic Calculations for Non-Newtonian Fluids
0.408 Q
 
Pipe: Vp 
ID2
0.408 Q
 
Annulus: Va  22 2
D2
    D1 Pp fVd
pp


Lm 25.81ID
ity in pipe, ft/sec Q = flow rate (gal/min) Where:
Lm = measured depth or length of pipe (ft) Pp = pressure loss in pipe (psi) Where:
Friction Loss in Bit Nozzle: Pp = pressure loss in pipePs = surface pressure Where: Ps = Pp + Pn + Pat
2
156dQ
Pn  2
222
 n1n2
D D D n3 
ure loss in nozzles (psi) d = fluid density (lb/gal) Where:
e Ph = 0.052(d)(Lv) Hydrostatic pressure gradient PhCirculating
/Lv = Pressure Gradient (Bottomhole):
d)

Circulating pressure gradient Pc  Ph Pat

LL v Lm
Pc = circulating pressure (psi) Where:
Pc /L = circulating pressure gradient (psi/ft) L m = length (ft) or measured depth (ft)

This can
Pressure Gradient: Average Pressure Loss oralso be called the total annular pressure gradient:
Pat = total annulus pressure loss Pat = Pa1 + Pa2 + Pa3 + . . . + Pan
depth of interest, ftPa /L = pressure gradient, psi/ft
Pat/Lm = (Pa1/L1) L1 + (Pa2/L2) L2 + (Pa3/L3) L3 .. .

values of interest  = K n Power Law Model: ⎡R ⎤
na  0.5 log⎢ 300
⎣ R3 ⎥⎦
vior index K = consistency index Ka  5.1 R300

 
ere: Kp = K for pipe Where: na = n for annulus Where: R3 = 3 rpm reading Where: Ka = K
for annulus
For 600 and 300 rpm readings:
⎡R ⎤
np  3.32 log⎢ 600
R
⎣ 300 ⎥⎦
5.1 R300  
Kp 
lculations for Non-Newtonian Fluids Effective Viscosity in Pipe:
⎡ 96 V ⎤
p
 
µe  100 Kp⎢
p
⎥ n p 1
ID⎣⎢⎦⎥
Effective Viscosity in Annulus: Vp = fluid velocity in pipe, ft/sec
⎡ 144 V ⎤
a
 
µe  100 K a ⎢
a
⎥ na  1
⎢⎣ D  D21 ⎥⎦
uter annulus wall (in.) D1 = OD of tubing or inner annulus wall (in.) Va = fluid velocity in the annulus, ft/sec
s or hole. Capacity of Annulus:
Capacity and Displacement Calculations 22
D D21

Ca in bbl / 100 ft  10.294
22
  
DD
Ca in bbl / ft  1029.41 21
ID2 22
D D21

Ca in cu ft / ft  183.35
ID2
ID2
Capacity of Hole: Capacity of Linear ft/bbl:
2
1029.41
ft  Ch in bbl / ft 
D C
pl   linear ft / bbl in pipe
10.294 1029.41
2
ID2 183.35
 ID2 linear ft / cu ft in pipe
D
1029.41
2
Cal  linear ft / bbl in annulus OD2  ID2
D
 
2 2
 linear ft / cu ft in annulus 1029.41
183.35
OD  ID 
Chl   linear ft / bbl in hole

D2
183.35
  linear ft / cu ft in hole
D2
mulas in conjunction with the pump output table to determine pump output.
Pump Output
Note: 1. 1 stroke (stk) = 1 complete cycle
2.
mps lose the rod capacity during ∑ of the stroke.
% efficiency 100
Op gal / stk
   cylinder capacity  # of cylinders 
er cap.  # of cyldrs  2   roddispl.  # of cyldrs  Double Action Pumps:
% efficiency 100
2
D l 
Cylinder capacity or roddisplacement gal
  294.126
Pump Output in bbl/min:
⎛ gal ⎞ ⎛ stk ⎞ ⎛ 1 bbl ⎞
p  O bbl / min
 p
 O ⎜⎟ ⎜⎟ ⎜⎟
stkmin42gal
⎝⎠ ⎝⎠ ⎝⎠
⎛ ⎞bbl
⎛ ft ⎞
Flow rate Q ft / min pipeor annulus  Q  ⎜
    
⎟⎜ ⎟
⎝ min⎠ ⎝ bbl⎠
pipe tables) Op = pump output, gal/stk

for Non-Turbulent Flow
Forcheimer’s Sand Height Calculation for Turbulent Flow
2
 PK A
H   PK A H
1279µ Q Where:
1279µ QA  4.63Q2 K0.45
ability, darcies H = height of fill, ft Where:
mospheres Conversions and Tables
square feet (ft2) pounds/square inches

14.7 43,560
(lb/in.2By
) gallons — U.S. liquid (gal) gallons — oil (gal) To Obtain
2.642 x 10–4 By gallons — U.S. liquid (gal) liters (L) To Obtain

cubic feet (ft3) gallons — U.S. liquid (gal)
6.0 202 27 By To Obtain

previous page Multiply gallons/minute
0.03527 8.0208
cubic feet/hour (ft3/hr) ounces (oz) pounds (lb)
By
To Obtain
ograms/cubic meter kilograms/cubic meter
cubic ft (lb/ft3) pounds/cubic inch (lb/in.3) pounds/square foot (lb/ft2) pounds/square inch (lb/in.2) pounds/square foot (lb/ft2)
0.06243 By To Obtain
pounds/square inch (lb/in.2) feet/hour (ft/hr)
1.0 x 10–3 3.281 By feet (ft) kilometers (km) inches (in.) To Obtain
3.281 x 10–3 0.03937 28.349
By
To Obtain feet (ft) inches (in.) grams (g) mg/L gallons (gal) liters (L) grams (g)
To Obtain pounds/cubic feet (lb/ft3) kilograms/meter (kg/m)
1.488 1728 By
To Obtain square inches (in.2) square meters (m2) square inches (in.2) square meters (m2)
1.0 x 10–4 0.155 By

2.066 x 10–4 9.0 1296
acres square feet (ft2)
By To Obtain
COMPLETION FLUIDS
MANUAL
Chapter 15
LIST OF PRODUCTS
15.
LIST
OF
PROD
UCTS
Go To Table of
LIST OF PRODUCTS
Clear Brine Systems
Ammonium Chloride (dry)
Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride Brine System
Calcium Bromide Brine System
Calcium Bromide (dry)
Calcium Bromide (liquid)
Calcium Chloride Brine System
Calcium Chloride (dry)
Calcium Chloride (liquid)
Cesium Formate (liquid)
Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate Brine System
Cesium Formate/Potassium Formate/
Sodium Formate Brine System
Potassium Chloride Brine System
Potassium Chloride (dry)
Potassium Formate Brine System
Potassium Formate (dry)
Sodium Bromide Brine System
Sodium Bromide (dry)
Sodium Bromide (liquid)
Sodium Bromide/Sodium Chloride Brine System
Sodium Chloride Brine System
Sodium Chloride (dry)
Sodium Formate Brine System
Sodium Formate (dry)
Zinc Bromide/Calcium Bromide (liquid)
Zinc Bromide/Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride
Brine System
Cesium Formate Brine System
Reservoir Drill-In Fluids Systems

FLOPRO NT Minimal solids, non-
damaging WB RDF
system
FLOPRO SF Solids-free, non-damaging
WB RDF system
FLOTHRU Organophilic filter-cake
system
LIST OF PRODUCTS
DIPRO High-density, biopolymer-
free, divalent brine RDF
system
VERSAPRO Oil-base RDF system
VERSAPRO LS Low-solids oil-base RDF
system
NOVAPRO Synthetic olefin-base RDF
system
FAZEPRO Reversible invert-emulsion
RDF system
Reservoir Drill-In Fluids Products

DI-ANTIFOAM Antifoaming agent for the
DIPRO system
DI-BALANCE Viscosifier for the
DIPRO system
DI-BOOST Secondary viscosifier for the
DIPRO system
DI-INHIB Shale inhibitor for
the DIPRO system
DI-TROL Filtration-control agent for
the DIPRO system
DUAL-FLO Fluid-loss additive for the
FLOPRO NT system
DUAL-FLO HT Fluid-loss reducer for high-
temperature applications
FAZE-MUL Emulsifier for FAZEPRO system
FAZE-WET Wetting agent for
FAZEPRO system
FLO-TROL Starch derivative filtration
control agent for FLOPRO
NT system
FLO-VIS L Pre-dispersed,
clarified xanthan gum
solution
FLO-VIS NT Non-dispersable, non-
clarified xanthan
gum
FLO-VIS PLUS Premium clarified xanthan
for FLOPRO NT system
FLO-WATE Sized-salt weighting
agent for FLOPRO NT
system
LIST OF PRODUCTS
K-52 Non-chloride potassium
supplement for FLOPRO
NT system
KLA-STOP Shale stabilizer
KLA-GARD Shale stabilizer
KLA-GARD B Salt-free shale stabilizer
SAFE-CARB Ground marble
weighting agent
Breaker Systems
BREAKFREE Disperses FLOPRO
NT filter cake
BREAKDOWN Dissolves FLOPRO
NT filter cake
FAZEBREAK Disperses FAZEPRO filter cake
Breaker Products
D-SOLVER Chelant
D-SOLVER PLUS Chelant
D-SPERSE Surfactant-base dispersant
WELLZYME A Enzyme breaker with
biocide
for WB RDF fluids
WELLZYME NS Enzyme breaker meets North
Sea Environmental
standard WELLZYME ME Enzyme breaker,
Middle East
Displacement Chemicals
SAFE-SOLV OM Solvent for OBM and
pipe-dope removal
SAFE-SOLV 148 Solvent for OBM
SAFE-SOLV E Solvent for OBM
and
pipe-dope removal
SAFE-SURF E General-purpose
displacement surfactant
SAFE-SURF NS General-purpose
displacement solvent/
surfactant blend for North
Sea
SAFE-SURF O Surfactant for OBM
SAFE-SURF W Surfactant for WBM
LIST OF PRODUCTS
SAFE-SURF WN Water-base mud displacement
surfactant, North Sea
SAFE-T-PICKLE Pipe-dope solvent
Viscosifiers
DUO-VIS Xanthan gum
DUO-VIS L Liquified xanthan
gum, non-clarified
DUO-VIS PLUS NS Xanthan gum, non-
dispersible, non-clarified
for North Sea use
SAFE-LINK 110 Cross-linked cellulose polymer
used to control brine losses
SAFE-LINK 140 Cross-linked cellulose polymer
used to control high-density
brine losses
SAFE-VIS Dry HEC
SAFE-VIS E Liquid HEC
SAFE-VIS LE Liquid HEC, North Sea
version SAFE-VIS HDE Liquid HEC for high-
density
brines
SAFE-VIS OGS Specially formulated
liquid HEC
Corrosion Inhibitors
SAFE-COR Organic amine
corrosion inhibitor
SAFE-COR C Organic amine
corrosion inhibitor
SAFE-COR E Organic amine
corrosion inhibitor
SAFE-COR HT High-temperature, thiocynate
corrosion inhibitor
SAFE-COR 220X Brine-soluble amide corrosion
inhibitor
SAFE-SCAV CA Sulphur-free oxygen
scavenger
SAFE-SCAV HS Zinc-free brine soluble
H2S scavenger
SAFE-SCAV NA Oxygen
scavenger
LIST OF PRODUCTS
Specialty Chemicals
FILTER FLOC Flocculant
SAFE-BREAK CBF Emulsion preventer for
calcium-base brine
SAFE-BREAK ZINC Emulsion preventer for zinc-
bromide brines
SAFE-BREAK 611 Emulsion preventer for
monovalent brines
SAFE-DFOAM Defoamer for brine
systems SAFE-FLOC II Flocculant
SAFE-LUBE Water-soluble brine lubricant
SAFE-SCAVITE Scale inhibitor
Greencide 25G Biocide
STARGLIDE Lubricant for brine and
water-base RDFs
SAFE-CIDE Triazine biocide, Eastern
Hemisphere only
EMI-530 Temperature stabilizer
PTS-200 Temperature stabilizer
Specialty Systems
SEAL-N-PEEL Removable fluid-loss
control pill
SAFETHERM Insulating packer fluid
SAFE-VIS HT LD High-temperature, HEC-base
fluid-loss pill
FLO-DENSE AP Annular kill fluid
FLOPRO CT Coiled-tubing
intervention fluid

1 18
1.0 Relative atomic mass Symbol 4.0
1 H He
Hydrogen Helium
1 Atomic number 2
2 13 14 15 16 17
6.9 9.0 10.8 12.0 14.0 16.0 19.0 20.2
2 Li Be B C N O F Ne
Lithium Beryllium Boron Carbon Nitrogen Oxygen Fluorine Neon
3 4 5 6 7 8 9 10
23.0 24.3 27.0 28.1 31.0 32.1 35.5 39.9
3 Na Mg Al Si P S Cl Ar
Sodium Magnesium Aluminium Silicon Phosphorus Sulphur Chlorine Argon
1112 3 4 5678 9101112 1314 1516 17 18
39.1 40.1 45.0 47.9 50.9 52.0 54.9 55.8 58.9 58.7 63.5 65.4 69.7 72.6 74.9 79.0 79.9 83.8
4 K Ca Sc Ti V Cr Mn Fe Co Ni Cu Zn Ga Ge As Se Br Kr
Potassium Calcium Scandium Titanium Vanadium Chromium Manganese IronCobaltNickel CopperZinc Gallium Germanium Arsenic Selenium Bromine Krypton
1920 2122 2324252627282930 31323334 35 36
85.5 87.6 88.9 91.2 92.9 95.9 (99) 101.1 102.9 106.4 107.9 112.4 114.8 118.7 121.8 127.6 126.9 131.3
5 Rb Sr Y Zr Nb Mo Tc Ru Rh Pd Ag Cd In Sn Sb Te I Xe
Rubidium Strontium Yttrium Zirconium Niobium Molybdenum Technetium Ruthenium Rhodium Palladium Silver Cadmium Indium TinAntimony Tellurium Iodine Xenon
3738 39404142434445464748 49 505152 53 54
132.9 137.3 138.9 * 178.5 181.0 183.9 186.2 190.2 192.2 195.1 197.0 200.6 204.4 207.2 209.0 (210) (210) (222)
6 Cs Ba La Hf Ta W Re Os Ir Pt Au Hg Tl Pb Bi Po At Rn
Caesium Barium Lanthanum Hafnium Tantalum Tungsten Rhenium Osmium Iridium Platinum GoldMercury Thallium LeadBismuth Polonium Astatine Radon
5556 57727374757677787980 81 828384 8586
Key
Li
†
(223) (226) (227) (261) (262) (263) (262) (265) (266)
Go To Table of
7 Fr Ra Ac Rf Db Sg Bh Hs Mt
Francium Radium Actinium Rutherfordium Dubnium Seabor gium Bohrium Hassium Meitnerium
element is a gas
8788 89104105106107108109
THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
element is a solid
}
Those elements underlined are radioactive
Hg element is a liquid at room temperature and pressure

Those numbers appearing within brackets are the mass numbers o
140.1 140.9 144.2 (147) 150.4 152.0 157.3 158.9 162.5 164.9 167.3 168.9 173.0 175.0
* 58-71 Lanthanide series Ce Pr Nd Pm Sm Eu Gd Tb Dy Ho Er Tm Yb Lu
Cerium Praseodymium Neodymium Promethium Samarium Europium Gadolinium Terbium Dysprosium Holmium Erbium Thulium Ytterbium Lutetium
5859606162636465666768697071
232.0 (231) 238.1 (237) (244) (243) (247) (247) (251) (252) (257) (258) (259) (260)
† 90-103 Actinide series Th Pa U Np Pu Am Cm Bk Cf Es Fm Md No Lr
Thorium Protactinium Uranium Neptunium Plutonium Americium Curium Berkelium Califor nium Einsteinium Fer mium Mendelevium Nobelium Lawrencium
90919293949596979899100101102103
Go To Table of
THE PERIODIC TABLE OF ELEMENTS
NOTICE
The information and data contained herein
and all interpretations and/or
recommendations made in connection
therewith, whether writ- ten herein or
elsewhere, or presented orally, have been
carefully prepared and considered. It must be
understood, however, that in addition to the
necessity for relying on facts and sup- porting
services furnished by others, there are many
variable well conditions of and over which M-I
SWACO can have no knowledge or control.
Therefore, the information and data and all
interpretations and/or recommendations
made in connection therewith are presented
solely as a guide, for the user’s consideration,
investigation and verification, and no
warranties of any kind, express or implied, are
made in connection therewith. In these
premises and in consideration thereof, any
user of such information, data, interpreta-
tions and/or recommendations agrees to
indemnify and save harmless M-I SWACO from
all claims and actions for loss, damages, death
or injury, to persons or property, including,
without limitation, subsurface damage,
subsurface trespass, or injury to the well or
reservoir, allegedly, based on or arising out of
use of same, whether or not such claims or
actions are based upon the purported
negligence of M-I SWACO in the preparation of
furnishing the same.
The user’s agreement to indemnify and save

harmless M-I SWACO hereunder shall apply in
favor of all its affiliates, subsidiaries, branches
and divisions, as well as to any contribution
hereto to whom it or they may be liable in the
absence of this notice.
Go To Table of
P.O. Box 42842
Houston, Texas 77242-2842
Tel: 281·561·1300
Fax: 281·561·1441
www.miswaco.com
E-mail: questions@miswaco.com
Technology Centers:
HOUSTON, TEXAS
Tel: 281·561·1300 · Fax: 281·561·1441
ABERDEEN, SCOTLAND
Tel: 44·1224·334634 · Fax: 44·1224·334650
STAVANGER, NORWAY
Tel: 47·51·577300 · Fax: 47·51·570605
This information is supplied solely for informational purposes and M-I SWACO makes no
guarantees or warranties, either expressed or implied, with respect to the accuracy and
use of this data. All product warranties and guarantees shall be governed by the Standard
Terms of Sale. Nothing in this document is legal advice or is a substitute for competent
legal advice.
©2005 M-I L.L.C. All rights reserved. CMC.0306.0605.R1 (E) 1M Litho in U.S.A.

Completion Fluids Manual

Uploaded by

Document Information

Copyright

Available Formats

Share this document

Share or Embed Document

Sharing Options

Did you find this document useful?

Is this content inappropriate?

Copyright:

Available Formats

Completion Fluids Manual

Uploaded by

Copyright:

Available Formats

COMPLETION

Table 2: Maximum Solubility of Salt in

The data in Table 2 demonstrates that

Fluids Prepared From Salts

“Standard” brine tables follow that provide

TCT (CaBr2) TCT (CaCl2)

Figure 3: Crystallization curves

Calcium Chloride and Calcium Bromide

Calcium Chloride, Calcium

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (U.S.)

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

1·10 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

1·11 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

1·12 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

1·13 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (U.S.)

1·14 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

1·15 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

1·16 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

1·17 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

1·18 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide

1·19 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Zinc Bromide

1·20 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/

1·21 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride/Calcium Bromide/

1·22 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)

1·23 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)

1·24 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)

1·25 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Chloride CaCl2 (Metric)

1·26 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·27 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·28 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·29 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·30 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·31 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·32 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide CaBr2 (Metric)

1·33 Go To Table of Contents

Calcium Bromide/Calcium Chloride

1·34 Go To Table of Contents